|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
449
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OCCULT 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
477
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^P^S^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
55 N_(" Occult completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
477
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (^S^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
464
|
65 typedef struct Completion compl_T;
|
|
7
|
66 struct Completion
|
|
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
|
71 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match */
|
|
|
72 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
73 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
74 };
|
|
|
75
|
|
464
|
76 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
77 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
79 /*
|
|
|
80 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
81 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
82 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
83 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
84 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
85 */
|
|
464
|
86 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
87 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
88 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
89
|
|
|
90 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
91 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
|
92 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
93
|
|
464
|
94 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
95 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
96 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
97 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
98 static int compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
|
99 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
100 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
101 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
102 static int save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
103 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
104 * completion started */
|
|
|
105 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
106 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
107
|
|
|
108 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
109 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
7
|
110 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int dir));
|
|
|
111 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
112 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int dir, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
|
113 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
114 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
115 static void ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
116 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
|
117 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini, int dir));
|
|
|
118 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
119 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
120 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion));
|
|
|
121 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
122 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
123 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
125 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
126 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
127 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
128 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
130 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
131 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
132 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
133 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
|
134 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
135 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
136 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
221
|
137 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
138 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
139 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
221
|
140 #endif
|
|
7
|
141 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
142 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
143 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
144 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
145 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
146 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
148 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
149 #endif
|
|
|
150 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
151 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
152 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
153 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
154 #endif
|
|
|
155 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
156 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
157 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
158 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
160 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
161 #endif
|
|
|
162 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
163 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
164 #endif
|
|
449
|
165 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
166 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
167 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
168 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
169 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
170 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
171 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
172 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
173 #endif
|
|
|
174 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
175 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
176 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
177 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
178 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
180 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
181 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
182 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
183 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
184 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
185 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
186 #endif
|
|
|
187 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
188 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
189 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
190 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
191 #endif
|
|
|
192 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
193 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
194 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
195 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
196 #endif
|
|
|
197 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
200 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
201
|
|
|
202 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
203 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
204 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
205 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
208 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
|
210
|
|
|
211 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
213 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
214 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
215 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
216 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
217 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
218 #endif
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
221 static short previous_script = smRoman;
|
|
|
222 #endif
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
225 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
226 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
228 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
229 under the cursor */
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
231 /*
|
|
|
232 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
233 *
|
|
|
234 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
235 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
236 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
237 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
238 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
239 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
240 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
241 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
242 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
243 *
|
|
|
244 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
245 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
246 *
|
|
|
247 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
248 */
|
|
|
249 int
|
|
|
250 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
251 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
252 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
253 long count;
|
|
|
254 {
|
|
|
255 int c = 0;
|
|
|
256 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
257 int lastc;
|
|
|
258 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
259 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
260 int i;
|
|
|
261 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
262 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
263 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
264 #endif
|
|
|
265 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
266 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
267 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
268 #endif
|
|
|
269 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
270 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
|
271 int did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
477
|
272 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
273
|
|
|
274 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
275 * error message */
|
|
|
276 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
278 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
279 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
280 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
281 {
|
|
|
282 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
283 return FALSE;
|
|
|
284 }
|
|
|
285 #endif
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
287 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
288 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
289 #endif
|
|
|
290
|
|
11
|
291 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
292 /*
|
|
|
293 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
294 */
|
|
|
295 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
296 {
|
|
|
297 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
298 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
299 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
300 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
301 else
|
|
|
302 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
303 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
|
304 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
305 }
|
|
|
306 #endif
|
|
|
307
|
|
7
|
308 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
309 /*
|
|
|
310 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
311 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
312 */
|
|
|
313 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
314 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
315 else
|
|
|
316 #endif
|
|
|
317 {
|
|
|
318 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
319 if (startln)
|
|
|
320 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
321 }
|
|
|
322 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
323 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
324 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
325 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
328 {
|
|
|
329 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
330 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
331 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
332 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
333 {
|
|
|
334 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
335 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
336 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
337 }
|
|
|
338 else
|
|
|
339 #endif
|
|
|
340 {
|
|
|
341 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
342 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
343 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
344 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
345 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
346 }
|
|
|
347 }
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
349 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
350 {
|
|
|
351 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
352 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
353 {
|
|
|
354 beep_flush();
|
|
|
355 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
356 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
357 }
|
|
|
358 else
|
|
|
359 #endif
|
|
|
360 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
361 }
|
|
|
362 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
363 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
364 {
|
|
|
365 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
366 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
367 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
368 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
369 }
|
|
|
370 #endif
|
|
|
371 else
|
|
|
372 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
373
|
|
|
374 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 /*
|
|
|
377 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
378 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
379 */
|
|
|
380 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 /*
|
|
|
383 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
384 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
385 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
386 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
387 */
|
|
|
388 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
389 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
390 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
391 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
392 #endif
|
|
|
393
|
|
|
394 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
395 KeyScript(previous_script);
|
|
|
396 #endif
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
398 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
399 setmouse();
|
|
|
400 #endif
|
|
|
401 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
402 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
403 #endif
|
|
|
404 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
405 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
406 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
407 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
408 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
409 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
410 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
411 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
412 #endif
|
|
|
413
|
|
|
414 /*
|
|
|
415 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
416 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
417 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
418 */
|
|
|
419 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
420 {
|
|
|
421 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
422 /*
|
|
|
423 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
424 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
425 */
|
|
|
426 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
427 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
428 else
|
|
|
429 #endif
|
|
|
430 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
431 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
432
|
|
|
433 /*
|
|
|
434 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
435 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
436 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
437 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
438 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
439 */
|
|
|
440 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
441 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
442 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
443 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
444 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
445 {
|
|
|
446 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
447 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
448 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
449 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
450 {
|
|
474
|
451 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
452 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
453 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
454 }
|
|
|
455 #endif
|
|
|
456 }
|
|
230
|
457 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
458 }
|
|
|
459 else
|
|
|
460 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
462 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
463 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
465 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
466 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
469 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
470 #endif
|
|
|
471 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
472 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
473 #endif
|
|
|
474 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
475 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
476 * restarting. */
|
|
|
477 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
478 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
479 #endif
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
481 /*
|
|
|
482 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
483 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
484 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
485 */
|
|
|
486 i = 0;
|
|
|
487 if (p_smd)
|
|
|
488 i = showmode();
|
|
|
489
|
|
|
490 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
491 change_warning(i + 1);
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
493 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
494 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
495 #endif
|
|
|
496 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
497 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
498 #endif
|
|
|
499
|
|
|
500 /*
|
|
|
501 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
502 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
503 */
|
|
|
504 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
505 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
506 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
507 else
|
|
|
508 {
|
|
|
509 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
510 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
511 }
|
|
|
512
|
|
|
513 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 /*
|
|
|
516 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
517 */
|
|
|
518 for (;;)
|
|
|
519 {
|
|
|
520 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
521 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
522 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
523 else
|
|
|
524 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
525 #endif
|
|
|
526 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
527 count = 0;
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
529 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
530 {
|
|
|
531 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
532 count = 0;
|
|
|
533 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
534 }
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
536 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
537 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
538 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
541 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
542 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
543 {
|
|
|
544 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
545 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
546 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
547 }
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
549 /*
|
|
|
550 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
551 */
|
|
|
552 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
554 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
555 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
556 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
557 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
558 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
559 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
560 #endif
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
562 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
563 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
564 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
565 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
566 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
567 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
568 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
569 #endif
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 /*
|
|
|
572 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
573 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
574 * redraw.
|
|
|
575 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
576 * something.
|
|
|
577 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
578 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
579 */
|
|
|
580 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
581 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
582 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
583 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
584 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
585 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
586 #endif
|
|
|
587 )
|
|
|
588 {
|
|
|
589 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
590 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
592 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
593 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
594 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
595 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
596 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
597 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
598 #endif
|
|
|
599 ))
|
|
|
600 {
|
|
|
601 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
602 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
603 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
604 else
|
|
|
605 #endif
|
|
|
606 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
607 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
608 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
609 else
|
|
|
610 #endif
|
|
|
611 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
612 }
|
|
|
613 }
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
616 update_topline();
|
|
|
617
|
|
|
618 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
620 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
622 /*
|
|
|
623 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
624 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
625 */
|
|
|
626 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
627
|
|
|
628 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
629 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
630 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
631 #endif
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
633 update_curswant();
|
|
|
634 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
635 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
636 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
637 #endif
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
640 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
641 #endif
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
643 /*
|
|
|
644 * Get a character for Insert mode.
|
|
|
645 */
|
|
|
646 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
|
647 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
648
|
|
|
649 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
650 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
651 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
652 #endif
|
|
|
653 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
654 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
655 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
656 #endif
|
|
|
657
|
|
|
658 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
659 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
660 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
464
|
661 if (c != K_IGNORE)
|
|
|
662 ins_compl_prep(c);
|
|
7
|
663 #endif
|
|
|
664
|
|
477
|
665 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
666 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
667 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
668 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
669 {
|
|
|
670 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
671 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
672 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
673 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
674 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
675 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
676 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
677 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
678 {
|
|
477
|
679 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
680 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
681 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
682 }
|
|
|
683 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
684 continue;
|
|
|
685 else
|
|
|
686 {
|
|
477
|
687 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
688 {
|
|
|
689 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
690 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
691 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
692 }
|
|
7
|
693 count = 0;
|
|
|
694 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
695 }
|
|
|
696 }
|
|
|
697
|
|
|
698 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
699 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
700 #endif
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
702 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
703 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
704 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
705 #endif
|
|
|
706 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
707 {
|
|
|
708 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
709 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
710 continue;
|
|
|
711 }
|
|
|
712
|
|
|
713 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
714 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
715 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
716 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
717 # endif
|
|
|
718 )
|
|
|
719 {
|
|
|
720 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
721 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
722 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
723 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
724 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
725 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
726 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
727 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
728 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
729 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
730 }
|
|
|
731 #endif
|
|
|
732
|
|
|
733 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
734 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
735 switch (c)
|
|
|
736 {
|
|
|
737 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
738 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
739 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
740 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
741 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
742 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
743 }
|
|
|
744 #endif
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
746 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
747 /*
|
|
|
748 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
749 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
750 * characters.
|
|
|
751 */
|
|
|
752 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
753 continue;
|
|
|
754 #endif
|
|
|
755
|
|
|
756 /*
|
|
|
757 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
758 */
|
|
|
759 switch (c)
|
|
|
760 {
|
|
449
|
761 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
762 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
763 break;
|
|
|
764 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
765
|
|
449
|
766 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
767 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
768 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
769 {
|
|
|
770 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
771 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
772 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
|
773 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
774 }
|
|
|
775 #endif
|
|
|
776
|
|
|
777 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
778 do_intr:
|
|
|
779 #endif
|
|
|
780 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
781 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
782 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
783 {
|
|
|
784 if (got_int)
|
|
|
785 {
|
|
|
786 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
787 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
788 }
|
|
|
789 else
|
|
|
790 vim_beep();
|
|
|
791 break;
|
|
|
792 }
|
|
|
793 doESCkey:
|
|
|
794 /*
|
|
|
795 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
796 */
|
|
|
797 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
798 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
799 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
800 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
801
|
|
477
|
802 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
803 {
|
|
|
804 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
805 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
806 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
807 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
808 #endif
|
|
7
|
809 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
810 }
|
|
7
|
811 continue;
|
|
|
812
|
|
449
|
813 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
814 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
815 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
816 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
817 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
818 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
820 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
|
821 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
822 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
|
|
|
823 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
|
825 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
826 break;
|
|
|
827 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
828 count = 0;
|
|
|
829 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
830
|
|
464
|
831 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
832 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
833 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
834 break;
|
|
|
835
|
|
|
836 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
837 break;
|
|
|
838
|
|
449
|
839 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
840 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
841 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
842 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
843 #endif
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
845 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
846 case K_F1:
|
|
|
847 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
848 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
849 if (p_im)
|
|
|
850 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
851 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
853 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
854 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
855 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
856 i = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
857 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
858 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
859 break;
|
|
|
860 #endif
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
862 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
863 case NUL:
|
|
|
864 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
865 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
866 * error. */
|
|
7
|
867 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
868 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
869 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
870 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
871 break;
|
|
|
872
|
|
449
|
873 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
874 ins_reg();
|
|
|
875 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
876 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
877 break;
|
|
|
878
|
|
449
|
879 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
880 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
881 break;
|
|
|
882
|
|
449
|
883 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
884 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
885 break;
|
|
|
886
|
|
|
887 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
888 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
889 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
890 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
891 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
892 break;
|
|
|
893 #endif
|
|
|
894
|
|
449
|
895 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
896 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
897 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
898 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
899 #endif
|
|
|
900 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
901
|
|
449
|
902 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
903 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
904 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
905 {
|
|
449
|
906 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
907 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
908 break;
|
|
7
|
909 }
|
|
|
910 # endif
|
|
|
911 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
912 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
913 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
914 break;
|
|
|
915
|
|
449
|
916 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
917 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
918 ins_del();
|
|
|
919 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
920 break;
|
|
|
921
|
|
449
|
922 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
923 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
924 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
925 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
926 break;
|
|
|
927
|
|
449
|
928 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
929 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
930 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
931 break;
|
|
|
932
|
|
449
|
933 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
934 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
935 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
936 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
937 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
938 # endif
|
|
7
|
939 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
940 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
941 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
942 break;
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
944 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
945 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
946 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
947 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
948 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
949 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
950 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
951 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
952 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
953 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
954 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
955 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
956 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
957 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
958 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
959 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
960 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
961 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
962 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
963 break;
|
|
|
964
|
|
449
|
965 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
966 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
967 break;
|
|
|
968
|
|
449
|
969 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
970 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
971 break;
|
|
|
972 #endif
|
|
|
973
|
|
449
|
974 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
975 break;
|
|
|
976
|
|
|
977 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
978 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
979 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
980 break;
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
982 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
983 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
984 break;
|
|
|
985 #endif
|
|
|
986
|
|
449
|
987 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
988 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
989 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
990 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
991 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
992 break;
|
|
|
993
|
|
449
|
994 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
995 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
996 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
997 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
998 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
999 break;
|
|
|
1000
|
|
449
|
1001 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1002 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1003 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1004 else
|
|
|
1005 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1006 break;
|
|
|
1007
|
|
449
|
1008 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1009 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1010 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1011 break;
|
|
|
1012
|
|
449
|
1013 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1014 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1015 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1016 else
|
|
|
1017 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1018 break;
|
|
|
1019
|
|
449
|
1020 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1021 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1022 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1023 break;
|
|
|
1024
|
|
449
|
1025 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
180
|
1026 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1027 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1028 else
|
|
|
1029 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1030 break;
|
|
|
1031
|
|
449
|
1032 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1033 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1034 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
1035 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1036 break;
|
|
|
1037
|
|
449
|
1038 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
180
|
1039 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1040 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1041 else
|
|
|
1042 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1043 break;
|
|
|
1044
|
|
449
|
1045 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1046 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1047 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1048 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1049 break;
|
|
|
1050
|
|
|
1051 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1052 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1053 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1054 break;
|
|
|
1055 #endif
|
|
|
1056
|
|
449
|
1057 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1058 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1059 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1060
|
|
449
|
1061 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1062 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1063 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1064 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1065 #endif
|
|
|
1066 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1067 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1068 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1069 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1070 break;
|
|
|
1071
|
|
449
|
1072 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1073 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1074 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1075 case CAR:
|
|
|
1076 case NL:
|
|
|
1077 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1078 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1079 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1080 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1081 {
|
|
|
1082 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1083 break;
|
|
|
1084 }
|
|
|
1085 #endif
|
|
|
1086 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1087 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1088 {
|
|
|
1089 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1090 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1091 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1092 }
|
|
|
1093 #endif
|
|
|
1094 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1095 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1096 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1097 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1098 break;
|
|
|
1099
|
|
|
1100 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1101 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1102 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1103 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1104 {
|
|
449
|
1105 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1106 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1107 break;
|
|
7
|
1108 }
|
|
|
1109 # endif
|
|
|
1110 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1111 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1112 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1113 break;
|
|
|
1114 # endif
|
|
|
1115 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1116 #endif
|
|
7
|
1117
|
|
|
1118 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1119 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1120 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1121 break;
|
|
|
1122
|
|
449
|
1123 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1124 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1125 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1126 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1127
|
|
449
|
1128 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1129 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1130 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1131 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1132
|
|
|
1133 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1134 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1135 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1136 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1137 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1138 #endif
|
|
|
1139
|
|
449
|
1140 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1141 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1142 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1143 #endif
|
|
|
1144 {
|
|
|
1145 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1146 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1147 {
|
|
|
1148 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1149 break;
|
|
|
1150 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1151 }
|
|
|
1152 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1153 }
|
|
|
1154 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1155 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1156
|
|
449
|
1157 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1158 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1159 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1160 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1161 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1162 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1163 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1164 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1165
|
|
|
1166 docomplete:
|
|
|
1167 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1168 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1169 break;
|
|
|
1170 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1171
|
|
449
|
1172 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1173 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1174 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1175 break;
|
|
|
1176
|
|
|
1177 default:
|
|
|
1178 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1179 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1180 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1181 #endif
|
|
|
1182
|
|
|
1183 /*
|
|
|
1184 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1185 */
|
|
|
1186 normalchar:
|
|
|
1187 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1188 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1189 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1190 #endif
|
|
|
1191
|
|
|
1192 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1193 {
|
|
|
1194 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1195 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1196 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1197 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1198 #endif
|
|
|
1199 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1200 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1201 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1202 }
|
|
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1205 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1206 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1207 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1208 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1209 #endif
|
|
|
1210 c))
|
|
|
1211 {
|
|
|
1212 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1213 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1214 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1215 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1216 #endif
|
|
|
1217 }
|
|
|
1218
|
|
|
1219 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1220
|
|
|
1221 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1222 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1223 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1224 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1225 #endif
|
|
|
1226 break;
|
|
|
1227 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1228
|
|
|
1229 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1230 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1231 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1232
|
|
|
1233 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1234 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1235 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1236 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1237 # endif
|
|
|
1238 )
|
|
|
1239 {
|
|
|
1240 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1241 /*
|
|
|
1242 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1243 */
|
|
|
1244 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1245 {
|
|
|
1246 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1247 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1248 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1249 }
|
|
|
1250 }
|
|
|
1251 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1252
|
|
|
1253 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1254 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1255 }
|
|
|
1256
|
|
|
1257 /*
|
|
|
1258 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1259 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1260 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1261 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1262 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1263 */
|
|
|
1264 static void
|
|
|
1265 ins_redraw()
|
|
|
1266 {
|
|
|
1267 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1268 {
|
|
|
1269 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1270 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1271 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1272 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1273 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1274 setcursor();
|
|
|
1275 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1276 }
|
|
|
1277 }
|
|
|
1278
|
|
|
1279 /*
|
|
|
1280 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1281 */
|
|
|
1282 static void
|
|
|
1283 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1284 {
|
|
|
1285 int c;
|
|
|
1286
|
|
|
1287 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
1288 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1291 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1292 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1295 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1296 #endif
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1299 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1300 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1301 #endif
|
|
|
1302 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1303 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1304 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1305 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1306 #endif
|
|
|
1307 }
|
|
|
1308
|
|
|
1309 /*
|
|
|
1310 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1311 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1312 */
|
|
|
1313 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1314 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1315 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1316 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1317 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1318 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1319 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1320 #else
|
|
|
1321 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1322 #endif
|
|
|
1323 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1324 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1325 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327 void
|
|
|
1328 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1329 int c;
|
|
|
1330 int highlight;
|
|
|
1331 {
|
|
|
1332 int attr;
|
|
|
1333
|
|
|
1334 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1335 {
|
|
|
1336 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1337 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1338 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1339 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1340 else
|
|
|
1341 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1342 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1343 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1344 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1345 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1346 #endif
|
|
|
1347 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1348 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1349 {
|
|
|
1350 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1351 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1352 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1353 {
|
|
|
1354 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1355
|
|
|
1356 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1357 {
|
|
|
1358 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1359 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1360 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1361 }
|
|
|
1362 }
|
|
|
1363 # endif
|
|
|
1364 }
|
|
|
1365 else
|
|
|
1366 #endif
|
|
|
1367 {
|
|
|
1368 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1369 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1370 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1371 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1372 #endif
|
|
|
1373 }
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1376 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1377 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1378 #endif
|
|
|
1379 {
|
|
|
1380 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1381 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1382 }
|
|
|
1383 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1384 }
|
|
|
1385 }
|
|
|
1386
|
|
|
1387 /*
|
|
|
1388 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1389 */
|
|
|
1390 void
|
|
|
1391 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1392 {
|
|
|
1393 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1394 {
|
|
|
1395 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1396 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1397 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1398 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1399 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1400 else
|
|
|
1401 #endif
|
|
|
1402 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1403 }
|
|
|
1404 }
|
|
|
1405
|
|
|
1406 /*
|
|
|
1407 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1408 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1409 */
|
|
|
1410 void
|
|
|
1411 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1412 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1413 {
|
|
|
1414 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1417 return;
|
|
|
1418
|
|
|
1419 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1420 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1421 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1422 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1423 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1424 {
|
|
|
1425 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1426
|
|
|
1427 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1428 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1429 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1430 }
|
|
|
1431 #endif
|
|
|
1432 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1433 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1434 {
|
|
|
1435 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1436 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1437 }
|
|
|
1438 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1439 }
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 /*
|
|
|
1442 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1443 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1444 */
|
|
|
1445 static void
|
|
|
1446 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1447 {
|
|
|
1448 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1449 {
|
|
|
1450 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1451 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1452 }
|
|
|
1453 }
|
|
|
1454
|
|
|
1455 /*
|
|
|
1456 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1457 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1458 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1459 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1460 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1461 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1462 */
|
|
|
1463 void
|
|
|
1464 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced)
|
|
|
1465 int type;
|
|
|
1466 int amount;
|
|
|
1467 int round;
|
|
|
1468 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
|
1469 {
|
|
|
1470 int vcol;
|
|
|
1471 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1472 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1473 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1474 int i;
|
|
|
1475 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1476 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1477 int start_col;
|
|
|
1478 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1479 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1480 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1481 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1484 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1485 {
|
|
|
1486 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1487 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1488 }
|
|
|
1489 #endif
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1492 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1493 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1494 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1495 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1496
|
|
|
1497 /*
|
|
|
1498 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1499 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1500 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1501 */
|
|
|
1502 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1503
|
|
|
1504 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1505 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1506 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1507 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1508
|
|
|
1509 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1510
|
|
|
1511 /*
|
|
|
1512 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1513 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1514 */
|
|
|
1515 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1516 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1517
|
|
|
1518 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1519 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1520
|
|
|
1521 /*
|
|
|
1522 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1523 */
|
|
|
1524 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
|
1525 (void)set_indent(amount, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
1526 else
|
|
|
1527 {
|
|
|
1528 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1529 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1530
|
|
|
1531 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1532 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1533 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1534 #endif
|
|
|
1535 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1);
|
|
|
1536 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1537 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1538 #endif
|
|
|
1539 }
|
|
|
1540 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1541
|
|
|
1542 /*
|
|
|
1543 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1544 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1545 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1546 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1547 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1548 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1549 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1550 */
|
|
|
1551 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1552 {
|
|
|
1553 /*
|
|
|
1554 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1555 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1556 */
|
|
|
1557 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1558 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1559 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1560 }
|
|
|
1561 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1562 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1563 else
|
|
|
1564 {
|
|
|
1565 /*
|
|
|
1566 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1567 */
|
|
|
1568 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1569 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1570
|
|
|
1571 /*
|
|
|
1572 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1573 */
|
|
|
1574 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1575 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1576 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1577 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1578 {
|
|
|
1579 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1580 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1581 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1582 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1583 else
|
|
|
1584 #endif
|
|
|
1585 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1586 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1587 }
|
|
|
1588 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1589
|
|
|
1590 /*
|
|
|
1591 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1592 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1593 */
|
|
|
1594 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1595 {
|
|
|
1596 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1597 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1598 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1599 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1600 {
|
|
|
1601 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1602 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1603 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1604 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1605 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1606 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1607 }
|
|
|
1608 }
|
|
|
1609
|
|
|
1610 /*
|
|
|
1611 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1612 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1613 */
|
|
|
1614 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1615 }
|
|
|
1616
|
|
|
1617 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1618
|
|
|
1619 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1620 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1621 else
|
|
|
1622 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1623 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1624 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 /*
|
|
|
1627 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1628 */
|
|
|
1629 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1630 {
|
|
|
1631 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1632 {
|
|
|
1633 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1634 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1635 else
|
|
|
1636 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1637 }
|
|
|
1638 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1639 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1640 else
|
|
|
1641 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1642 }
|
|
|
1643
|
|
|
1644 /*
|
|
|
1645 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1646 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1647 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1648 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1649 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1650 */
|
|
|
1651 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1652 {
|
|
|
1653 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1654 {
|
|
|
1655 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1656 --start_col;
|
|
|
1657 }
|
|
|
1658 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1659 {
|
|
|
1660 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1661 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1662 {
|
|
|
1663 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1664 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1665 }
|
|
|
1666 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1667 }
|
|
|
1668 }
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1671 /*
|
|
|
1672 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1673 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1674 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1675 */
|
|
|
1676 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1677 {
|
|
|
1678 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1679 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1680 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1681 return;
|
|
|
1682
|
|
|
1683 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1684 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1685 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1686 return;
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1689 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1690
|
|
|
1691 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1692 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1693 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1694
|
|
|
1695 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1696 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1697
|
|
|
1698 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1699 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1700
|
|
|
1701 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1702 }
|
|
|
1703 #endif
|
|
|
1704 }
|
|
|
1705
|
|
|
1706 /*
|
|
|
1707 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1708 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1709 * modes.
|
|
|
1710 */
|
|
|
1711 void
|
|
|
1712 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1713 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1714 {
|
|
|
1715 int i;
|
|
|
1716
|
|
|
1717 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1718 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1719 {
|
|
|
1720 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1721 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1722 }
|
|
|
1723 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1724 }
|
|
|
1725
|
|
|
1726 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1727 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1728 /*
|
|
|
1729 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1730 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1731 */
|
|
|
1732 void
|
|
|
1733 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1734 int col;
|
|
|
1735 {
|
|
|
1736 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1737 {
|
|
|
1738 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1739 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1740 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1741 else
|
|
|
1742 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1743 }
|
|
|
1744 }
|
|
|
1745 #endif
|
|
|
1746
|
|
|
1747 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1748 /*
|
|
449
|
1749 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1750 */
|
|
|
1751 static void
|
|
|
1752 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1753 {
|
|
|
1754 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1755 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1756 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1757 {
|
|
|
1758 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1759 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1760 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
|
1761 compl_cont_status = (compl_cont_status | CONT_INTRPT);
|
|
|
1762 else
|
|
|
1763 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1764 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1765 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1766 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1767 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1768 showmode();
|
|
|
1769 }
|
|
|
1770 }
|
|
|
1771
|
|
|
1772 /*
|
|
|
1773 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1774 */
|
|
|
1775 static int
|
|
|
1776 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1777 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1778 {
|
|
|
1779 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL)
|
|
|
1780 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1781 {
|
|
|
1782 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1783 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1784 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1785 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1786 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1787 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1788 {
|
|
|
1789 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1790 setcursor();
|
|
|
1791 out_flush();
|
|
|
1792 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
1793 }
|
|
|
1794 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1795 }
|
|
|
1796 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1797 }
|
|
|
1798
|
|
|
1799 /*
|
|
7
|
1800 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
1801 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
1802 */
|
|
|
1803 int
|
|
|
1804 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
1805 int c;
|
|
|
1806 {
|
|
|
1807 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
1808 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
1809 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1810
|
|
|
1811 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
1812 {
|
|
|
1813 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1814 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
1815 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
1816 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
1817 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
1818 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
1819 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
1820 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
1821 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
1822 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
1823 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
1824 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
1825 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1826 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
1827 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1828 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
1829 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1830 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
1831 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1832 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
1833 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1834 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
1835 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
1836 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1837 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
1838 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1839 #endif
|
|
|
1840 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
1841 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
1842 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
1843 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1844 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
1845 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
1846 #endif
|
|
|
1847 case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
|
|
|
1848 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
477
|
1849 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
1850 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
1851 }
|
|
|
1852 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
1853 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1854 }
|
|
|
1855
|
|
|
1856 /*
|
|
|
1857 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if ic and inf are set, then the
|
|
|
1858 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
|
1859 * text is infered, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
|
1860 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
449
|
1861 * TODO: make this work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
7
|
1862 */
|
|
|
1863 int
|
|
464
|
1864 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1865 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1866 int len;
|
|
|
1867 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1868 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1869 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1870 {
|
|
|
1871 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
1872 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
|
1873 int idx;
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
1876 {
|
|
|
1877 /* Infer case of completed part -- webb */
|
|
|
1878 /* Use IObuff, str would change text in buffer! */
|
|
419
|
1879 vim_strncpy(IObuff, str, len);
|
|
7
|
1880
|
|
|
1881 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
449
|
1882 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
|
1883 {
|
|
|
1884 if (islower(compl_orig_text[idx]))
|
|
7
|
1885 {
|
|
|
1886 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
1887 if (isupper(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1888 {
|
|
|
1889 /* Rule 1 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1890 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1891 IObuff[idx] = TOLOWER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1892 break;
|
|
|
1893 }
|
|
|
1894 }
|
|
|
1895 }
|
|
|
1896
|
|
|
1897 /*
|
|
|
1898 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
1899 * upper case.
|
|
|
1900 */
|
|
|
1901 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
1902 {
|
|
449
|
1903 for (idx = 0; idx < compl_length; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1904 {
|
|
449
|
1905 if (was_letter && isupper(compl_orig_text[idx])
|
|
7
|
1906 && islower(IObuff[idx]))
|
|
|
1907 {
|
|
|
1908 /* Rule 2 is satisfied */
|
|
449
|
1909 for (idx = compl_length; idx < len; ++idx)
|
|
7
|
1910 IObuff[idx] = TOUPPER_LOC(IObuff[idx]);
|
|
|
1911 break;
|
|
|
1912 }
|
|
449
|
1913 was_letter = isalpha(compl_orig_text[idx]);
|
|
7
|
1914 }
|
|
|
1915 }
|
|
|
1916
|
|
|
1917 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed */
|
|
449
|
1918 STRNCPY(IObuff, compl_orig_text, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
1919
|
|
464
|
1920 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
|
1921 }
|
|
|
1922 return ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags);
|
|
7
|
1923 }
|
|
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 /*
|
|
|
1926 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
1927 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1928 * FAIL, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
464
|
1929 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then RET_ERROR is returned -- webb.
|
|
|
1930 *
|
|
|
1931 * New:
|
|
|
1932 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
1933 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
1934 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned -- webb.
|
|
7
|
1935 */
|
|
464
|
1936 int
|
|
|
1937 ins_compl_add(str, len, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
1938 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1939 int len;
|
|
|
1940 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1941 int dir;
|
|
464
|
1942 int flags;
|
|
7
|
1943 {
|
|
464
|
1944 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
1947 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
1948 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
1949 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
1950 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 /*
|
|
|
1953 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
1954 */
|
|
449
|
1955 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
|
1956 {
|
|
|
1957 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
1958 do
|
|
|
1959 {
|
|
464
|
1960 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1961 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0
|
|
|
1962 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
1963 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
1964 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
1965 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
1966 }
|
|
|
1967
|
|
|
1968 /*
|
|
|
1969 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
1970 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
1971 */
|
|
464
|
1972 match = (compl_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
1973 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
1974 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1975 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
1976 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
1977 {
|
|
|
1978 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
|
1979 match->cp_str = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
1980 }
|
|
|
1981 else if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
1982 {
|
|
|
1983 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
1984 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
1985 }
|
|
|
1986 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
1987 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
1988 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
1989 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
1990 if (fname && compl_curr_match && compl_curr_match->cp_fname
|
|
|
1991 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
|
1992 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
|
1993 else if (fname && (match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname)) != NULL)
|
|
|
1994 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
7
|
1995 else
|
|
464
|
1996 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
1997 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
7
|
1998
|
|
|
1999 /*
|
|
|
2000 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2001 */
|
|
449
|
2002 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2003 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2004 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2005 {
|
|
464
|
2006 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2007 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2008 }
|
|
|
2009 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2010 {
|
|
464
|
2011 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2012 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2013 }
|
|
|
2014 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2015 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2016 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2017 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2018 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2019 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2020 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 return OK;
|
|
|
2023 }
|
|
|
2024
|
|
|
2025 /*
|
|
|
2026 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2027 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2028 */
|
|
|
2029 static void
|
|
|
2030 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir)
|
|
|
2031 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2032 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2033 int dir;
|
|
|
2034 {
|
|
|
2035 int i;
|
|
|
2036 int add_r = OK;
|
|
|
2037 int ldir = dir;
|
|
|
2038
|
|
464
|
2039 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
7
|
2040 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, NULL, ldir, 0)) == OK)
|
|
|
2041 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2042 ldir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
2043 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2044 }
|
|
|
2045
|
|
|
2046 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2047 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2048 */
|
|
|
2049 static int
|
|
|
2050 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2051 {
|
|
464
|
2052 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2053 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2054
|
|
449
|
2055 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2056 {
|
|
|
2057 /*
|
|
|
2058 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2059 */
|
|
449
|
2060 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2061 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2062 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2063 {
|
|
|
2064 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2065 ++count;
|
|
|
2066 }
|
|
464
|
2067 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2068 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2069 }
|
|
|
2070 return count;
|
|
|
2071 }
|
|
|
2072
|
|
|
2073 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2074 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
|
2075 /*
|
|
|
2076 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern to the list of
|
|
|
2077 * completions.
|
|
|
2078 */
|
|
|
2079 static void
|
|
|
2080 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict, pat, dir, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2081 char_u *dict;
|
|
|
2082 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2083 int dir;
|
|
|
2084 int flags;
|
|
|
2085 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2086 {
|
|
|
2087 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2088 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2089 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2090 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2091 int add_r;
|
|
|
2092 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2093 int count;
|
|
|
2094 int i;
|
|
|
2095 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2096
|
|
|
2097 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
|
2098 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2099 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2100 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2101 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
|
2102 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
2103 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2104 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
|
2105 while (buf != NULL && regmatch.regprog != NULL && *dict != NUL
|
|
449
|
2106 && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2107 {
|
|
|
2108 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2109 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2110 {
|
|
|
2111 count = 1;
|
|
|
2112 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2113 }
|
|
|
2114 else
|
|
|
2115 {
|
|
|
2116 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2117 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2118 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2119 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2120 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
|
2121 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2122 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2123 count = 0;
|
|
|
2124 }
|
|
|
2125
|
|
449
|
2126 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
7
|
2127 {
|
|
|
2128 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2129 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2130 {
|
|
274
|
2131 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2132 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
7
|
2133 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2134 }
|
|
|
2135
|
|
|
2136 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2137 {
|
|
|
2138 /*
|
|
|
2139 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2140 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2141 */
|
|
449
|
2142 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2143 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
7
|
2144 {
|
|
|
2145 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2146 while (vim_regexec(®match, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2147 {
|
|
|
2148 ptr = regmatch.startp[0];
|
|
|
2149 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2150 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch.startp[0],
|
|
|
2151 (int)(ptr - regmatch.startp[0]),
|
|
|
2152 files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2153 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2154 {
|
|
|
2155 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 /*
|
|
|
2158 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2159 */
|
|
|
2160 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2161 {
|
|
|
2162 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2163 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2164 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2165 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2166 break;
|
|
|
2167 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2168
|
|
|
2169 /* Find end of the word and add it. */
|
|
|
2170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2171 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2172 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2173 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
2174 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
2175 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2176 {
|
|
474
|
2177 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2178
|
|
|
2179 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2180 break;
|
|
|
2181 ptr += l;
|
|
|
2182 }
|
|
|
2183 else
|
|
|
2184 #endif
|
|
|
2185 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2186 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
2187 (int)(ptr - wstart), files[i], dir, 0);
|
|
|
2188 }
|
|
|
2189 }
|
|
|
2190 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
2191 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
2192 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
464
|
2193 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
7
|
2194 break;
|
|
|
2195 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
2196 * of line */
|
|
|
2197 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
2198 break;
|
|
|
2199 }
|
|
|
2200 line_breakcheck();
|
|
464
|
2201 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
7
|
2202 }
|
|
|
2203 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
2204 }
|
|
|
2205 }
|
|
|
2206 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2207 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2208 if (flags)
|
|
|
2209 break;
|
|
|
2210 }
|
|
|
2211 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2212 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2213 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2214 }
|
|
|
2215
|
|
|
2216 /*
|
|
|
2217 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
2218 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
2219 */
|
|
|
2220 char_u *
|
|
|
2221 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
2222 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2223 {
|
|
|
2224 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2225 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2226 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
2227 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2228 else
|
|
|
2229 #endif
|
|
|
2230 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2231 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2232 return ptr;
|
|
|
2233 }
|
|
|
2234
|
|
|
2235 /*
|
|
|
2236 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
2237 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
2238 */
|
|
|
2239 char_u *
|
|
|
2240 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
2241 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2242 {
|
|
|
2243 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2244 int start_class;
|
|
|
2245
|
|
|
2246 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2247 {
|
|
|
2248 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
2249 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
2250 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
2251 {
|
|
474
|
2252 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
2253 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
2254 break;
|
|
|
2255 }
|
|
|
2256 }
|
|
|
2257 else
|
|
|
2258 #endif
|
|
|
2259 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
2260 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2261 return ptr;
|
|
|
2262 }
|
|
|
2263
|
|
|
2264 /*
|
|
|
2265 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
2266 */
|
|
|
2267 static void
|
|
|
2268 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
2269 {
|
|
464
|
2270 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2271
|
|
449
|
2272 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2273 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
2274
|
|
|
2275 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2276 return;
|
|
449
|
2277 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2278 do
|
|
|
2279 {
|
|
449
|
2280 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
2281 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2282 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
2283 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
2284 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
2285 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
7
|
2286 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
2287 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2288 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2289 }
|
|
|
2290
|
|
|
2291 static void
|
|
|
2292 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
2293 {
|
|
449
|
2294 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2295 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2296 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
2297 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
2298 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2299 save_sm = -1;
|
|
|
2300 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2301 }
|
|
|
2302
|
|
|
2303 /*
|
|
|
2304 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
2305 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
7
|
2306 */
|
|
|
2307 static void
|
|
|
2308 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
2309 int c;
|
|
|
2310 {
|
|
|
2311 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2312 int temp;
|
|
|
2313 int want_cindent;
|
|
|
2314
|
|
|
2315 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
2316 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
2317 */
|
|
|
2318 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2319 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping */
|
|
|
2322 if (c == K_SELECT)
|
|
|
2323 return;
|
|
|
2324
|
|
|
2325 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
2326 {
|
|
|
2327 /*
|
|
|
2328 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
2329 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
2330 */
|
|
|
2331 switch (c)
|
|
|
2332 {
|
|
|
2333 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
2334 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
2335 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
2336 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
2337 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2338 else
|
|
|
2339 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
2340 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2341 showmode();
|
|
|
2342 break;
|
|
|
2343 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
2344 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2345 break;
|
|
|
2346 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
2347 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
2348 break;
|
|
|
2349 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
2350 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2351 break;
|
|
|
2352 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
2353 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
2354 break;
|
|
|
2355 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
2356 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2357 break;
|
|
12
|
2358 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2359 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
2360 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
2361 break;
|
|
|
2362 #endif
|
|
449
|
2363 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
|
2364 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OCCULT;
|
|
|
2365 break;
|
|
477
|
2366 case 's':
|
|
|
2367 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
2368 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
484
|
2369 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2370 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
|
2371 #endif
|
|
477
|
2372 break;
|
|
7
|
2373 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
2374 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2375 break;
|
|
|
2376 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2377 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
2378 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
2379 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2380 break;
|
|
|
2381 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
2382 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2383 break;
|
|
|
2384 #endif
|
|
|
2385 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
2386 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
2387 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
2388 break;
|
|
|
2389 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
2390 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
2391 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
2392 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
2393 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2394 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
2395 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
2396 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
2397 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
2398 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
2399 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
2400 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2401 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
2402 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
2403 default:
|
|
449
|
2404 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
2405 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
2406 * mode).
|
|
|
2407 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
2408 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
2409 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
2410 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
2411 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
2412 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
2413 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
2414 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
2415 {
|
|
449
|
2416 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2417 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
2418 else
|
|
449
|
2419 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
2420 }
|
|
|
2421 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2422 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2423 showmode();
|
|
|
2424 break;
|
|
|
2425 }
|
|
|
2426 }
|
|
|
2427 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2428 {
|
|
|
2429 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
2430 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2431 {
|
|
|
2432 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
2433 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2434 else
|
|
|
2435 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
2436 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2437 }
|
|
|
2438 showmode();
|
|
|
2439 }
|
|
|
2440
|
|
449
|
2441 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
2442 {
|
|
|
2443 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
2444 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
2445 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
2446 showmode();
|
|
|
2447 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2448 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
2449 {
|
|
|
2450 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
2451 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
2452 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
|
2453 if (compl_curr_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2454 {
|
|
449
|
2455 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2456
|
|
7
|
2457 /*
|
|
|
2458 * If any of the original typed text has been changed,
|
|
|
2459 * eg when ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to
|
|
|
2460 * the redo buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete
|
|
|
2461 * just the part of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
2462 */
|
|
464
|
2463 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
449
|
2464 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2465 while (*p && *p == *ptr)
|
|
7
|
2466 {
|
|
449
|
2467 ++p;
|
|
7
|
2468 ++ptr;
|
|
|
2469 }
|
|
449
|
2470 for (temp = 0; p[temp]; ++temp)
|
|
7
|
2471 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
2472 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr);
|
|
|
2473 }
|
|
|
2474
|
|
|
2475 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2476 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
2477 #endif
|
|
|
2478 /*
|
|
|
2479 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
2480 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
2481 */
|
|
449
|
2482 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
2483 {
|
|
|
2484 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2485 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
2486 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
2487 {
|
|
|
2488 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2489 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
2490 }
|
|
|
2491 #endif
|
|
|
2492 }
|
|
|
2493 else
|
|
|
2494 {
|
|
|
2495 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
|
2496 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
2497 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
2498 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
|
2499 curwin->w_cursor.col++;
|
|
|
2500 }
|
|
|
2501
|
|
|
2502 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
2503
|
|
|
2504 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
2505 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
2506 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
2507 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
2508 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
449
|
2509 if (save_sm >= 0)
|
|
|
2510 p_sm = save_sm;
|
|
7
|
2511 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
2512 {
|
|
|
2513 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2514 showmode();
|
|
|
2515 }
|
|
|
2516
|
|
|
2517 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
2518 /*
|
|
|
2519 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
2520 */
|
|
|
2521 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
2522 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
2523 #endif
|
|
|
2524 }
|
|
|
2525 }
|
|
|
2526
|
|
|
2527 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
2528 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
2529 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
2530 {
|
|
449
|
2531 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2532 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
2533 }
|
|
|
2534 }
|
|
|
2535
|
|
|
2536 /*
|
|
|
2537 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
2538 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
2539 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
2540 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
2541 *
|
|
|
2542 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
2543 */
|
|
|
2544 static buf_T *
|
|
|
2545 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
2546 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2547 int flag;
|
|
|
2548 {
|
|
|
2549 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2550 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
2551 #endif
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
2554 {
|
|
|
2555 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
2556 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
2557 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
2558 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
2559 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2560 ;
|
|
|
2561 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
2562 #else
|
|
|
2563 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2564 #endif
|
|
|
2565 }
|
|
|
2566 else
|
|
|
2567 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
2568 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
2569 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
2570 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
2571 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
2572 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2573 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
2574 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
|
2575 || buf->b_scanned
|
|
|
2576 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL
|
|
|
2577 && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)))
|
|
|
2578 ;
|
|
|
2579 return buf;
|
|
|
2580 }
|
|
|
2581
|
|
12
|
2582 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
452
|
2583 static int expand_by_function __ARGS((int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
12
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 /*
|
|
452
|
2586 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc', and get matches in
|
|
|
2587 * "matches".
|
|
|
2588 * Return value is number of matches.
|
|
12
|
2589 */
|
|
|
2590 static int
|
|
452
|
2591 expand_by_function(col, base, matches)
|
|
12
|
2592 int col;
|
|
|
2593 char_u *base;
|
|
|
2594 char_u ***matches;
|
|
|
2595 {
|
|
452
|
2596 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
|
2597 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
2598 char_u *args[3];
|
|
|
2599 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
2600 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2601 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2602
|
|
|
2603 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
|
2604 return 0;
|
|
|
2605
|
|
|
2606 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2607 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
|
2608 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", col + (int)STRLEN(base));
|
|
|
2609 args[1] = colbuf;
|
|
|
2610 args[2] = base;
|
|
|
2611
|
|
|
2612 matchlist = call_func_retlist(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 3, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
2613 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
|
2614 return 0;
|
|
|
2615
|
|
|
2616 /* Go through the List with matches and put them in an array. */
|
|
|
2617 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 8);
|
|
|
2618 for (li = matchlist->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
|
2619 {
|
|
|
2620 p = get_tv_string_chk(&li->li_tv);
|
|
|
2621 if (p != NULL && *p != NUL)
|
|
|
2622 {
|
|
|
2623 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2624 break;
|
|
|
2625 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
2626 ++ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2627 }
|
|
|
2628 }
|
|
|
2629
|
|
|
2630 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
2631 *matches = (char_u **)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2632 return ga.ga_len;
|
|
12
|
2633 }
|
|
|
2634 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
2635
|
|
449
|
2636 static int expand_occult __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, int col, char_u *base, char_u ***matches));
|
|
|
2637
|
|
7
|
2638 /*
|
|
449
|
2639 * Perform occult completion'
|
|
|
2640 * Return value is number of candidates and array of candidates as "matchp".
|
|
|
2641 */
|
|
|
2642 static int
|
|
|
2643 expand_occult(lnum, col, pat, matchp)
|
|
|
2644 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
2645 int col;
|
|
|
2646 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
2647 char_u ***matchp;
|
|
|
2648 {
|
|
|
2649 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2650
|
|
|
2651 /* Use tag completion for now. */
|
|
|
2652 if (find_tags(pat, &num_matches, matchp,
|
|
|
2653 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2654 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2655 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2656 return 0;
|
|
|
2657 return num_matches;
|
|
|
2658 }
|
|
|
2659
|
|
|
2660 /*
|
|
|
2661 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
|
2662 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction dir.
|
|
|
2663 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise
|
|
|
2664 * continue where we stopped searching before.
|
|
|
2665 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
2666 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
2667 */
|
|
|
2668 static int
|
|
|
2669 ins_compl_get_exp(ini, dir)
|
|
|
2670 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
2671 int dir;
|
|
|
2672 {
|
|
|
2673 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2674 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
2675 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
2676 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
2677 certain type. */
|
|
|
2678 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
2679
|
|
464
|
2680 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
2681 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
2682 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2683 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
2684 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2685 int i;
|
|
|
2686 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2687 int len;
|
|
|
2688 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
2689 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
2690 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2691 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2692 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
2693 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
2694
|
|
449
|
2695 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2696 {
|
|
|
2697 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
2698 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
2699 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2700 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
2701 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
2702 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
2703 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2704 }
|
|
|
2705
|
|
449
|
2706 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
7
|
2707 pos = (dir == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2708 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
2709 for (;;)
|
|
|
2710 {
|
|
|
2711 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2712
|
|
449
|
2713 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
2714 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
2715 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
2716 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
2717 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
2718 {
|
|
|
2719 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
2720 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
2721 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
2722 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
2723 {
|
|
|
2724 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
2725 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
2726 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
2727 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
2728 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
2729 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
2730 type = 0;
|
|
|
2731 }
|
|
|
2732 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
2733 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
2734 {
|
|
|
2735 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
2736 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
2737 {
|
|
449
|
2738 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2739 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
2740 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
2741 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2742 type = 0;
|
|
|
2743 }
|
|
|
2744 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
2745 {
|
|
|
2746 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2747 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
2748 continue;
|
|
|
2749 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2750 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
2751 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
2752 }
|
|
274
|
2753 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
2754 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
2755 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
2756 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
2757 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
2758 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
2759 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2760 }
|
|
|
2761 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
2762 break;
|
|
|
2763 else
|
|
|
2764 {
|
|
|
2765 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2766 type = -1;
|
|
|
2767 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
2768 {
|
|
|
2769 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
2770 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
2771 else
|
|
|
2772 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
2773 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
2774 {
|
|
|
2775 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
2776 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
2777 }
|
|
|
2778 }
|
|
|
2779 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2780 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
2781 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
2782 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
2783 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
2784 #endif
|
|
|
2785 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
2786 {
|
|
|
2787 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
2788 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
2789 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2790 }
|
|
|
2791 else
|
|
|
2792 type = -1;
|
|
|
2793
|
|
|
2794 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
2795 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
2796
|
|
|
2797 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2798 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
2799 continue;
|
|
|
2800 }
|
|
|
2801 }
|
|
|
2802
|
|
|
2803 switch (type)
|
|
|
2804 {
|
|
|
2805 case -1:
|
|
|
2806 break;
|
|
|
2807 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2808 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2809 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
449
|
2810 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
|
2811 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
2812 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
2813 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
2814 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
2815 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
2816 break;
|
|
|
2817 #endif
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2820 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2821 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
|
2822 dict ? dict
|
|
|
2823 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
2824 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
2825 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
2826 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
2827 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
2828 ? p_dict
|
|
|
2829 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
449
|
2830 compl_pattern, dir,
|
|
7
|
2831 dict ? dict_f : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
|
2832 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
2833 break;
|
|
|
2834
|
|
|
2835 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2836 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
2837 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
2838 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
2839
|
|
|
2840 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
2841 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
2842 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
2843 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
2844 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
2845 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2846 {
|
|
|
2847 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2848 }
|
|
|
2849 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
2850 break;
|
|
|
2851
|
|
|
2852 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
2853 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
2854 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
2855 {
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
2858 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
7
|
2859 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2860 }
|
|
|
2861 break;
|
|
|
2862
|
|
|
2863 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
2864 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
2865 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
2866 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
|
2867 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2868 break;
|
|
|
2869
|
|
12
|
2870 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2871 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
452
|
2872 num_matches = expand_by_function(first_match_pos.col,
|
|
|
2873 compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
12
|
2874 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2875 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2876 break;
|
|
|
2877 #endif
|
|
|
2878
|
|
449
|
2879 case CTRL_X_OCCULT:
|
|
|
2880 num_matches = expand_occult(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
2881 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
2882 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2883 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2884 break;
|
|
|
2885
|
|
477
|
2886 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
2887 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2888 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
2889 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
2890 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
2891 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, dir);
|
|
|
2892 #endif
|
|
|
2893 break;
|
|
|
2894
|
|
7
|
2895 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
2896 /*
|
|
|
2897 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
2898 */
|
|
|
2899 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2900 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2901 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
2902
|
|
7
|
2903 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
2904 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
2905 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
2906 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
2907 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
2908 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
2909 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
2910 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
2911 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
2912 for (;;)
|
|
|
2913 {
|
|
464
|
2914 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
2915
|
|
|
2916 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that has
|
|
|
2917 * added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
|
2918 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
2919 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
2920 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
449
|
2921 dir, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
2922 else
|
|
|
2923 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, dir,
|
|
449
|
2924 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
7
|
2925 RE_LAST);
|
|
449
|
2926 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
2927 {
|
|
449
|
2928 /* set compl_started even on fail */
|
|
|
2929 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2930 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2931 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
2932 }
|
|
|
2933 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
|
2934 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
|
2935 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
2936 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
2937 {
|
|
|
2938 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
2939 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
2940 break;
|
|
|
2941 }
|
|
|
2942
|
|
|
2943 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
2944 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
2945 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
2946 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
2947 continue;
|
|
|
2948 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
2949 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2950 {
|
|
449
|
2951 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
2952 {
|
|
|
2953 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2954 continue;
|
|
|
2955 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2956 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
2957 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2958 }
|
|
|
2959 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
2960 }
|
|
|
2961 else
|
|
|
2962 {
|
|
449
|
2963 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
2964
|
|
|
2965 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
2966 {
|
|
449
|
2967 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
2968 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
2969 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
2970 continue;
|
|
|
2971 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2972 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2973 }
|
|
|
2974 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
2975 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2976 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
2977
|
|
449
|
2978 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
2979 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
2980 {
|
|
|
2981 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
2982 {
|
|
|
2983 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
2984 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
2985 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
2986 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
2987 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2988 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
2989 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
2990 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
2991 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
2992 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2993 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
2994 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
2995 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
2996 {
|
|
419
|
2997 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
2998 {
|
|
419
|
2999 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
3000 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3001 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
3002 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
3003 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
3004 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
3005 == NULL
|
|
419
|
3006 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
3007 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
3008 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
3009 }
|
|
|
3010 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
3011 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
3012 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
3013 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
3014 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
3015 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3016 }
|
|
|
3017 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
3018 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
3019 }
|
|
449
|
3020 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
3021 continue;
|
|
|
3022 }
|
|
|
3023 }
|
|
|
3024 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len,
|
|
|
3025 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
464
|
3026 dir, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
3027 {
|
|
|
3028 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3029 break;
|
|
|
3030 }
|
|
|
3031 }
|
|
|
3032 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3033 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3034 }
|
|
449
|
3035 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
3036 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
|
3037 if (compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
3038 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
3039
|
|
|
3040 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
3041 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
3042 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3043 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
7
|
3044 break;
|
|
|
3045
|
|
|
3046 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
3047 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
3048 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
3049
|
|
449
|
3050 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3051 }
|
|
|
3052 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3053
|
|
|
3054 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3055 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
3056 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
3059 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
3060 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
3061 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
3062
|
|
|
3063 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
3064 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
3065 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
464
|
3066 compl_curr_match = dir == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
3067 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
3068 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
3069 return i;
|
|
|
3070 }
|
|
|
3071
|
|
|
3072 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
3073 static void
|
|
|
3074 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
3075 {
|
|
|
3076 int i;
|
|
|
3077
|
|
|
3078 /*
|
|
|
3079 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
3080 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
3081 */
|
|
449
|
3082 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
3083 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
3084 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
3085 }
|
|
|
3086
|
|
|
3087 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
3088 static void
|
|
|
3089 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
3090 {
|
|
464
|
3091 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
7
|
3092 }
|
|
|
3093
|
|
|
3094 /*
|
|
|
3095 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
3096 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
3097 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
3098 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
3099 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
3100 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
3101 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
3102 *
|
|
449
|
3103 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
3104 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
3105 *
|
|
|
3106 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
3107 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
3108 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
3109 */
|
|
|
3110 static int
|
|
|
3111 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3112 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
|
3113 {
|
|
|
3114 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
3115 int i;
|
|
|
3116
|
|
|
3117 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3118 {
|
|
|
3119 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
3120 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3121 }
|
|
449
|
3122 compl_pending = FALSE;
|
|
464
|
3123 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
3124 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3125 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
3126 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
7
|
3127 else
|
|
|
3128 {
|
|
449
|
3129 compl_pending = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3130 if (allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3131 {
|
|
449
|
3132 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos,
|
|
|
3133 compl_direction);
|
|
|
3134 if (compl_pending)
|
|
7
|
3135 {
|
|
449
|
3136 if (compl_direction == compl_shows_dir)
|
|
|
3137 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
3138 }
|
|
|
3139 }
|
|
|
3140 else
|
|
|
3141 return -1;
|
|
|
3142 }
|
|
|
3143
|
|
|
3144 /* Insert the text of the new completion */
|
|
|
3145 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
3148 {
|
|
|
3149 /* Display the current match. */
|
|
|
3150 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3151
|
|
|
3152 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
3153 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
3154 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3155 }
|
|
|
3156
|
|
|
3157 /*
|
|
|
3158 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
3159 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
3160 */
|
|
464
|
3161 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
3162 {
|
|
|
3163 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
3164 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
3165 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
3166 i = 0;
|
|
|
3167 else
|
|
|
3168 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
3169 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
3170 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
3171 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
3172 }
|
|
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 return num_matches;
|
|
|
3175 }
|
|
|
3176
|
|
|
3177 /*
|
|
|
3178 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
3179 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
449
|
3180 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is TRUE, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
3181 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
3182 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
3183 */
|
|
|
3184 void
|
|
464
|
3185 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
3186 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
3187 {
|
|
|
3188 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
3189
|
|
|
3190 int c;
|
|
|
3191
|
|
|
3192 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
3193 * scripts */
|
|
|
3194 if (using_script())
|
|
|
3195 return;
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
3198 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
3199 return;
|
|
|
3200 count = 0;
|
|
|
3201
|
|
|
3202 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
3203 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
3204 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3205 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
3206 {
|
|
|
3207 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
3208 {
|
|
|
3209 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
|
3210 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
449
|
3211 compl_shows_dir = BACKWARD;
|
|
7
|
3212 else
|
|
449
|
3213 compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
3214 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3215 }
|
|
|
3216 else if (c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
449
|
3217 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
3218 }
|
|
|
3219 if (compl_pending && !got_int)
|
|
7
|
3220 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE);
|
|
|
3221 }
|
|
|
3222
|
|
|
3223 /*
|
|
|
3224 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
3225 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
3226 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
3227 */
|
|
|
3228 static int
|
|
|
3229 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
3230 int c;
|
|
7
|
3231 {
|
|
449
|
3232 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3233 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
3234 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
3235 int n;
|
|
7
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L)
|
|
449
|
3238 compl_direction = BACKWARD;
|
|
7
|
3239 else
|
|
449
|
3240 compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3241 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3242 {
|
|
|
3243 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 /* Turn off 'sm' so we don't show matches with ^X^L */
|
|
|
3246 save_sm = p_sm;
|
|
|
3247 p_sm = FALSE;
|
|
|
3248
|
|
|
3249 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
3250 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
3251 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3252 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
3253 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
3254 #endif
|
|
|
3255 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
3256 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
3259 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3260
|
|
|
3261 /* if this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
3262 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
3263 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
|
3264 * "compl_startpos"
|
|
7
|
3265 * is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it (the line has
|
|
|
3266 * been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL is set then
|
|
|
3267 * skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of the line has
|
|
|
3268 * been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
449
|
3269 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
3270 {
|
|
|
3271 /*
|
|
|
3272 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
3273 */
|
|
449
|
3274 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
3275 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3276 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3277 {
|
|
449
|
3278 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
3279 {
|
|
449
|
3280 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
3281 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
3282 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
3283 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
3284 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
3285 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3286 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3287 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
3288 }
|
|
|
3289 else
|
|
|
3290 {
|
|
|
3291 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
3292 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
3293 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
3294 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3295 {
|
|
449
|
3296 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3297 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
3298 line + compl_length
|
|
|
3299 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
3300 }
|
|
449
|
3301 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
3302 }
|
|
449
|
3303 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3304 /* IObuf is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
|
3305 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
3306 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
3307 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
3308 {
|
|
449
|
3309 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
3310 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
3311 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
3312 }
|
|
449
|
3313 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3314 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
3315 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3316 }
|
|
|
3317 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3318 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
3319 else
|
|
449
|
3320 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3321 }
|
|
|
3322 else
|
|
449
|
3323 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3324
|
|
|
3325 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
3326 {
|
|
|
3327 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
3328 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
3329 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3330 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3331 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3332 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
3333 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
3334 }
|
|
|
3335
|
|
|
3336 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
3337 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
3338 {
|
|
449
|
3339 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
3340 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
3341 {
|
|
449
|
3342 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
3343 {
|
|
449
|
3344 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3345 ;
|
|
449
|
3346 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3347 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3348 }
|
|
|
3349 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3350 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3351 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3352 else
|
|
449
|
3353 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3354 compl_length);
|
|
|
3355 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3356 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3357 }
|
|
449
|
3358 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3359 {
|
|
|
3360 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
3361
|
|
|
3362 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
3363 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3364 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3365 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3366 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3367 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3368 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
3369 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
3370 && (
|
|
|
3371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3372 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
3373 #else
|
|
449
|
3374 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
3375 #endif
|
|
|
3376 )))
|
|
|
3377 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
3378 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
3379 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
3380 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3381 }
|
|
449
|
3382 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
3383 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
3384 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
3385 #else
|
|
449
|
3386 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
3387 #endif
|
|
|
3388 )
|
|
|
3389 {
|
|
|
3390 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
3391 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
3392 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3393 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3394 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
3395 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3396 }
|
|
|
3397 else
|
|
|
3398 {
|
|
|
3399 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3400 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
3401 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
3402 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3403 {
|
|
|
3404 int base_class;
|
|
|
3405 int head_off;
|
|
|
3406
|
|
449
|
3407 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3408 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
3409 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
3410 {
|
|
449
|
3411 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
3412 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
3413 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
3414 break;
|
|
449
|
3415 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
3416 }
|
|
|
3417 }
|
|
|
3418 else
|
|
|
3419 #endif
|
|
449
|
3420 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3421 ;
|
|
449
|
3422 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3423 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3424 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
3425 {
|
|
|
3426 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
3427 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
3428 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3429 */
|
|
449
|
3430 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
3431 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3432 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3433 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3434 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
3435 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
3436 }
|
|
|
3437 else
|
|
|
3438 {
|
|
449
|
3439 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3440 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
3441 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3442 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3443 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
3444 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
3445 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
3446 }
|
|
|
3447 }
|
|
|
3448 }
|
|
|
3449 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3450 {
|
|
449
|
3451 compl_col = skipwhite(line) - line;
|
|
|
3452 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
3453 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
3454 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
3455 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
3456 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3457 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
3458 else
|
|
449
|
3459 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3460 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3461 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3462 }
|
|
|
3463 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
3464 {
|
|
449
|
3465 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
3466 ;
|
|
449
|
3467 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3468 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3469 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
3470 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
3471 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3472 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3473 }
|
|
|
3474 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3475 {
|
|
449
|
3476 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
3477 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3478 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3479 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
3480 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
3481 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
3482 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
7
|
3483 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
3484 startcol = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3485 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
3486 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
3487 }
|
|
12
|
3488 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3489 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
|
3490 {
|
|
|
3491 /*
|
|
452
|
3492 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" is
|
|
|
3493 * 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
3494 */
|
|
452
|
3495 char_u colbuf[30];
|
|
|
3496 char_u *args[3];
|
|
|
3497 int col;
|
|
12
|
3498
|
|
|
3499 /* Call 'completefunc' and get pattern length as a string */
|
|
452
|
3500 if (*curbuf->b_p_cfu == NUL)
|
|
12
|
3501 return FAIL;
|
|
452
|
3502
|
|
|
3503 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
|
3504 sprintf((char *)colbuf, "%d", (int)curs_col);
|
|
|
3505 args[1] = colbuf;
|
|
|
3506 args[2] = NULL;
|
|
|
3507
|
|
|
3508 col = call_func_retnr(curbuf->b_p_cfu, 3, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3509 if (col < 0)
|
|
12
|
3510 return FAIL;
|
|
452
|
3511 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
3512 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
3513 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
3514
|
|
|
3515 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
3516 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
3517 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
3518 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
3519 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3520 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
12
|
3521 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3522 }
|
|
|
3523 #endif
|
|
449
|
3524 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OCCULT)
|
|
|
3525 {
|
|
|
3526 /* TODO: let language-specific function handle locating the text
|
|
452
|
3527 * to be completed. */
|
|
449
|
3528 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
|
3529 ;
|
|
|
3530 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
3531 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
3532 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3533 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
3534 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3535 }
|
|
477
|
3536 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
3537 {
|
|
|
3538 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3539 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
484
|
3540 if (compl_col == (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
477
|
3541 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3542 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3543 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3544 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
3545 #endif
|
|
|
3546 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3547 }
|
|
449
|
3548 else
|
|
|
3549 {
|
|
|
3550 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
3551 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3552 }
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3555 {
|
|
|
3556 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
3557 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3558 {
|
|
|
3559 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
3560 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3561 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
3562
|
|
|
3563 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
3564 #endif
|
|
449
|
3565 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3566 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
3567 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
3568 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
3569 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
3570 #endif
|
|
449
|
3571 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
3572 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
3573 }
|
|
|
3574 }
|
|
|
3575 else
|
|
|
3576 {
|
|
|
3577 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3578 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
3579 }
|
|
|
3580
|
|
|
3581 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
3582 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
3583 else
|
|
|
3584 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
3585
|
|
|
3586 /* Always add completion for the original text. Note that
|
|
449
|
3587 * "compl_orig_text" itself (not a copy) is added, it will be freed
|
|
|
3588 * when the list of matches is freed. */
|
|
|
3589 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
3590 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
|
3591 -1, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT) != OK)
|
|
|
3592 {
|
|
|
3593 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3594 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
3595 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3596 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3597 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3598 }
|
|
|
3599
|
|
|
3600 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
3601 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
3602 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
3603 */
|
|
|
3604 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
3605 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3606 showmode();
|
|
|
3607 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3608 out_flush();
|
|
|
3609 }
|
|
|
3610
|
|
449
|
3611 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
3612 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
3613
|
|
|
3614 /*
|
|
|
3615 * Find next match.
|
|
|
3616 */
|
|
449
|
3617 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE);
|
|
|
3618
|
|
|
3619 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
3620 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
3621 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3622 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
|
3623 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3624
|
|
|
3625 /* eat the ESC to avoid leaving insert mode */
|
|
|
3626 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
3627 {
|
|
|
3628 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
3629 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
3630 }
|
|
|
3631
|
|
449
|
3632 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
3633 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
3634 {
|
|
|
3635 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
3636 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
3637 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
3638 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
3639 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
3640 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
3641 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
3642 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3643 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
3644 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
3645 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
3646 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
3647 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
3648 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
3649 }
|
|
|
3650
|
|
464
|
3651 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
3652 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3653 else
|
|
449
|
3654 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
3655
|
|
|
3656 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
3657 {
|
|
464
|
3658 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
3659 {
|
|
|
3660 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
3661 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
3662 }
|
|
449
|
3663 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
3664 {
|
|
|
3665 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
3666 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3667 }
|
|
464
|
3668 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
3669 {
|
|
|
3670 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
3671 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
3672 }
|
|
|
3673 else
|
|
|
3674 {
|
|
|
3675 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
3676 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
3677 {
|
|
464
|
3678 int number = 0;
|
|
|
3679 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
3680
|
|
449
|
3681 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
3682 {
|
|
|
3683 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
3684 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
3685 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
3686 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
3687 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3688 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
3689 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3690 {
|
|
464
|
3691 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
3692 break;
|
|
|
3693 }
|
|
|
3694 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3695 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
3696 * yet */
|
|
464
|
3697 for (match = match->cp_next; match
|
|
|
3698 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
3699 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
3700 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
3701 }
|
|
|
3702 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
3703 {
|
|
|
3704 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
3705 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
3706 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
3707 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
3708 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3709 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
3710 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3711 {
|
|
464
|
3712 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
3713 break;
|
|
|
3714 }
|
|
|
3715 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
3716 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
3717 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
3718 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
3719 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
3720 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
3721 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
3722 }
|
|
|
3723 }
|
|
|
3724
|
|
|
3725 /* The match should always have a sequnce number now, this is just
|
|
|
3726 * a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
3727 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
3728 {
|
|
|
3729 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s */
|
|
|
3730 static char_u match_ref[31];
|
|
|
3731
|
|
449
|
3732 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
7
|
3733 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
3734 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
3735 else
|
|
449
|
3736 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("match %d"),
|
|
464
|
3737 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
419
|
3738 vim_strncpy(match_ref, IObuff, 30);
|
|
7
|
3739 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
3740 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
3741 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
3742 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
3743 }
|
|
|
3744 }
|
|
|
3745 }
|
|
|
3746
|
|
|
3747 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
3748 showmode();
|
|
|
3749 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
3750 {
|
|
|
3751 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
3752 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
3753 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
3754 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
3755 }
|
|
|
3756 else
|
|
|
3757 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 return OK;
|
|
|
3760 }
|
|
|
3761
|
|
|
3762 /*
|
|
|
3763 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
3764 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
3765 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
3766 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
3767 */
|
|
|
3768 static int
|
|
|
3769 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
3770 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
3771 char_u *src;
|
|
|
3772 int len;
|
|
|
3773 {
|
|
|
3774 int m;
|
|
|
3775
|
|
|
3776 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
3777 {
|
|
|
3778 switch (*src)
|
|
|
3779 {
|
|
|
3780 case '.':
|
|
|
3781 case '*':
|
|
|
3782 case '[':
|
|
|
3783 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3784 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3785 break;
|
|
|
3786 case '~':
|
|
|
3787 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
3788 break;
|
|
|
3789 case '\\':
|
|
|
3790 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
3791 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
3792 break;
|
|
|
3793 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
3794 case '$':
|
|
|
3795 m++;
|
|
|
3796 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3797 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
3798 break;
|
|
|
3799 }
|
|
|
3800 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3801 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
3802 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
3803 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
3804 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3805 {
|
|
|
3806 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
3807
|
|
474
|
3808 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
3809 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
3810 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
3811 {
|
|
|
3812 --len;
|
|
|
3813 ++src;
|
|
|
3814 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3815 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
3816 }
|
|
|
3817 }
|
|
464
|
3818 # endif
|
|
7
|
3819 }
|
|
|
3820 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
3821 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 return m;
|
|
|
3824 }
|
|
|
3825 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
3826
|
|
|
3827 /*
|
|
|
3828 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
3829 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
3830 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
3831 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
3832 */
|
|
|
3833 int
|
|
|
3834 get_literal()
|
|
|
3835 {
|
|
|
3836 int cc;
|
|
|
3837 int nc;
|
|
|
3838 int i;
|
|
|
3839 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
3840 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
3841 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3842 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
3843 #endif
|
|
|
3844
|
|
|
3845 if (got_int)
|
|
|
3846 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
3847
|
|
|
3848 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3849 /*
|
|
|
3850 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
3851 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
3852 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
3853 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
3854 */
|
|
|
3855 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3856 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
3857 #endif
|
|
|
3858 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
3859 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
3860 #endif
|
|
|
3861 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
3862 cc = 0;
|
|
|
3863 i = 0;
|
|
|
3864 for (;;)
|
|
|
3865 {
|
|
|
3866 do
|
|
|
3867 nc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
3868 while (nc == K_IGNORE || nc == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
|
|
|
3869 || nc == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR);
|
|
|
3870 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
3871 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3872 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3873 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
3874 # endif
|
|
|
3875 )
|
|
|
3876 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
3877 #endif
|
|
|
3878 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
3879 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
3880 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
3881 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
3882 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3883 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
3884 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
3885 #endif
|
|
|
3886 else
|
|
|
3887 {
|
|
|
3888 if (hex
|
|
|
3889 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3890 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
3891 #endif
|
|
|
3892 )
|
|
|
3893 {
|
|
|
3894 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
3895 break;
|
|
|
3896 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
3897 }
|
|
|
3898 else if (octal)
|
|
|
3899 {
|
|
|
3900 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
3901 break;
|
|
|
3902 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3903 }
|
|
|
3904 else
|
|
|
3905 {
|
|
|
3906 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
3907 break;
|
|
|
3908 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
3909 }
|
|
|
3910
|
|
|
3911 ++i;
|
|
|
3912 }
|
|
|
3913
|
|
|
3914 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
3915 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3916 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
3917 #endif
|
|
|
3918 )
|
|
|
3919 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
3920 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
3923 {
|
|
|
3924 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
3925 break;
|
|
|
3926 }
|
|
|
3927 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3928 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
3929 {
|
|
|
3930 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
3931 break;
|
|
|
3932 }
|
|
|
3933 #endif
|
|
|
3934 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
3935 break;
|
|
|
3936 }
|
|
|
3937 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
3938 {
|
|
|
3939 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3940 {
|
|
|
3941 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
3942 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3943 }
|
|
|
3944 else
|
|
|
3945 {
|
|
|
3946 cc = nc;
|
|
|
3947 nc = 0;
|
|
|
3948 }
|
|
|
3949 }
|
|
|
3950
|
|
|
3951 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
3952 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
3953 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3954 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
3955 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
3956 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
3957 #endif
|
|
7
|
3958
|
|
|
3959 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
3960 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3961 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3962 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
3963 #endif
|
|
|
3964 if (nc)
|
|
|
3965 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
3966 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
3967 return cc;
|
|
|
3968 }
|
|
|
3969
|
|
|
3970 /*
|
|
|
3971 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
3972 */
|
|
|
3973 static void
|
|
|
3974 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
3975 int c;
|
|
|
3976 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
3977 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
3978 {
|
|
|
3979 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3980 int len;
|
|
|
3981
|
|
|
3982 /*
|
|
|
3983 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
3984 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
3985 * mode.
|
|
|
3986 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
3987 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
3988 */
|
|
|
3989 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
3990 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
3991 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
3992 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
3993 #endif
|
|
|
3994 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
3995 {
|
|
|
3996 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
3997 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
3998 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
3999 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
4000 {
|
|
|
4001 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4002 return;
|
|
|
4003 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4004 ins_str(p);
|
|
|
4005 AppendToRedobuffLit(p);
|
|
|
4006 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4007 }
|
|
|
4008 }
|
|
|
4009 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
4010 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
4011 }
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 /*
|
|
|
4014 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
4015 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
4016 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
4017 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
4018 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
4019 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
4020 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
4021 */
|
|
|
4022 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
4023 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4024 #else
|
|
|
4025 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
4026 #endif
|
|
|
4027
|
|
|
4028 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4029 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
4030 #else
|
|
|
4031 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
4032 #endif
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 void
|
|
|
4035 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
4036 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
4037 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
4038 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
4039 {
|
|
|
4040 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
4041 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4042 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4043 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
4044 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4045 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
4046 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
4047 #endif
|
|
|
4048 int fo_white_par;
|
|
|
4049 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
4050 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
4051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4052 int fo_multibyte;
|
|
|
4053 #endif
|
|
|
4054 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
4055 int cc;
|
|
|
4056
|
|
|
4057 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
4058 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
4059 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4060 fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
4061 #endif
|
|
|
4062 fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
4063
|
|
|
4064 /*
|
|
|
4065 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
4066 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
4067 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
4068 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
4069 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
4070 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
4071 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
4072 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
4073 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
4074 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
4075 * before the insert.
|
|
|
4076 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
4077 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
4078 */
|
|
|
4079 if (textwidth
|
|
|
4080 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4081 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
4082 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4083 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4084 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4085 #endif
|
|
|
4086 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4087 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4088 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
4089 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4090 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
4091 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
4092 ))))))
|
|
|
4093 {
|
|
|
4094 /*
|
|
|
4095 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
4096 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
4097 */
|
|
|
4098 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
4099 {
|
|
|
4100 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4101 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4102 {
|
|
|
4103 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
4104 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
4105 }
|
|
|
4106 }
|
|
|
4107
|
|
|
4108 /*
|
|
|
4109 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
4110 */
|
|
|
4111 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
4112 {
|
|
|
4113 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
4114 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
4115 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
4116 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
4117 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4118 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
4119 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4120 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
4121 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
4122 #endif
|
|
|
4123 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
4124
|
|
|
4125 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4126 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4127 break;
|
|
|
4128
|
|
|
4129 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4130 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
4131 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
4132 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4133 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
4134 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
4135
|
|
|
4136 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4137 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
4138 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
4139 else
|
|
|
4140 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
4143 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
4144 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
4145 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
4146 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
4147 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
4148 #endif
|
|
|
4149 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
4150 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4151 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
4152 #endif
|
|
|
4153 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
4154
|
|
|
4155 {
|
|
|
4156 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4157 break;
|
|
|
4158 }
|
|
|
4159 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
4160 break;
|
|
|
4161
|
|
|
4162 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
4163 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
4164 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4165
|
|
|
4166 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
4167 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4168 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4169 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4170 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
4171 #endif
|
|
|
4172 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
4173
|
|
|
4174 /*
|
|
|
4175 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
4176 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
4177 */
|
|
|
4178 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
4179 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
4180 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
4181 {
|
|
|
4182 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4183 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4184 {
|
|
|
4185 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
4186 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4187
|
|
|
4188 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
4189 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4190 {
|
|
|
4191 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4192 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4193 }
|
|
|
4194 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4195 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
4196 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4197 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
4198 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
4199 break;
|
|
|
4200 #endif
|
|
|
4201 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
4202 {
|
|
|
4203 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
4204 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4205 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
4206
|
|
|
4207 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4208 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4209 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4210
|
|
|
4211 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4212 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
4213 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
4214 }
|
|
|
4215 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4216 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4217 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
474
|
4218 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
4219 else
|
|
|
4220 #endif
|
|
|
4221 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
4222 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4223 break;
|
|
|
4224 }
|
|
|
4225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4226 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
4227 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4228 {
|
|
|
4229 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
4230 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4231 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
4232 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
4233 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
4234 break;
|
|
|
4235 }
|
|
|
4236 #endif
|
|
|
4237 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
4238 break;
|
|
|
4239 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4240 }
|
|
|
4241
|
|
|
4242 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
4243 {
|
|
|
4244 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
4245 break;
|
|
|
4246 }
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
4249 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
4250
|
|
|
4251 /*
|
|
|
4252 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
4253 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
4254 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
4255 */
|
|
|
4256 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4257 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4258 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
4259 else
|
|
|
4260 #endif
|
|
|
4261 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
4262
|
|
|
4263 /*
|
|
|
4264 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
4265 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
4266 */
|
|
|
4267 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4268 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
4269 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4270 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4271 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
4272 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
4273
|
|
|
4274 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4275 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4276 {
|
|
|
4277 /*
|
|
|
4278 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
4279 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
4280 */
|
|
|
4281 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
4282 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
4283 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
4284 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
4285 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
4286
|
|
|
4287 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
4288 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4289 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
4290 }
|
|
|
4291 else
|
|
|
4292 #endif
|
|
|
4293 {
|
|
|
4294 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
4295 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
4296 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
4297 }
|
|
|
4298
|
|
|
4299 /*
|
|
|
4300 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
4301 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
4302 */
|
|
|
4303 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
4304 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
4305 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4306 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
4307 #endif
|
|
|
4308 , old_indent);
|
|
|
4309 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
4310
|
|
|
4311 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
4312 if (first_line)
|
|
|
4313 {
|
|
|
4314 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
4315 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
4316 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
4317 {
|
|
|
4318 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4319 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4320 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
4321 else
|
|
|
4322 #endif
|
|
|
4323 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
4324 }
|
|
|
4325 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
4326 }
|
|
|
4327
|
|
|
4328 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4329 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4330 {
|
|
|
4331 /*
|
|
|
4332 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
4333 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
4334 */
|
|
|
4335 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
4336 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
4337 }
|
|
|
4338 else
|
|
|
4339 #endif
|
|
|
4340 {
|
|
|
4341 /*
|
|
|
4342 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
4343 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
4344 */
|
|
|
4345 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
4346 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4347 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
4348 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
4349 }
|
|
|
4350
|
|
|
4351 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
4352 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4353 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
4354 #endif
|
|
|
4355 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
4356 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4357 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4358 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4359 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4360 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4361 #endif
|
|
|
4362 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4363 }
|
|
|
4364
|
|
|
4365 if (save_char) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
4366 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
4367
|
|
|
4368 if (c == NUL) /* formatting only */
|
|
|
4369 return;
|
|
|
4370 if (haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
4371 {
|
|
|
4372 update_topline();
|
|
|
4373 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
4374 }
|
|
|
4375 }
|
|
|
4376 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
4377 return;
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4380 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
4381 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4382 {
|
|
|
4383 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4384 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
4385 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
4386 int i;
|
|
|
4387
|
|
|
4388 /*
|
|
|
4389 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
4390 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
4391 */
|
|
|
4392 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
4393 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
4394 {
|
|
|
4395 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
4396 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
4397 ++p;
|
|
|
4398 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4399 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
4400 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
4401 --middle_len;
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
4404 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
4405 ++p;
|
|
|
4406 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
4407
|
|
|
4408 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
4409 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4410 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
4411 ;
|
|
|
4412 i++;
|
|
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
4415 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
4416
|
|
|
4417 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
4418 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
4419 {
|
|
|
4420 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
4421 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 /*
|
|
|
4424 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
4425 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
4426 */
|
|
|
4427 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
4428 }
|
|
|
4429 }
|
|
|
4430 }
|
|
|
4431 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
4432 #endif
|
|
|
4433
|
|
|
4434 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4435 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4436 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4437 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4438 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4439 #endif
|
|
|
4440
|
|
|
4441 /*
|
|
|
4442 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
4443 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
4444 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
4445 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
4446 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
4447 */
|
|
|
4448 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
4449 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
4450 #endif
|
|
|
4451
|
|
|
4452 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4453 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4454 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4455 #endif
|
|
|
4456 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
4457 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4458 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
4459 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
4460 #endif
|
|
|
4461 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4462 && !p_ri
|
|
|
4463 #endif
|
|
|
4464 )
|
|
|
4465 {
|
|
|
4466 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
4467 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
4468 int i;
|
|
|
4469 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
4470
|
|
|
4471 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
4472 i = 1;
|
|
|
4473 if (textwidth)
|
|
|
4474 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
4475 /*
|
|
|
4476 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
4477 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
4478 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
4479 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
4480 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
4481 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
4482 */
|
|
|
4483 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
4484 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
4485 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4486 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
4487 #endif
|
|
|
4488 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
4489 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
4490 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
4491 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
4492 {
|
|
|
4493 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4494 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
4495 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4496 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
4497 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
4498 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4499 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
4500 # endif
|
|
|
4501 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
4502 #else
|
|
|
4503 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
4504 #endif
|
|
|
4505 }
|
|
|
4506
|
|
|
4507 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
4508 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
4509 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
4510 #endif
|
|
|
4511 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
4512 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
4513 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4514 {
|
|
|
4515 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
4516 i = 1;
|
|
|
4517 }
|
|
|
4518 else
|
|
|
4519 i = 0;
|
|
|
4520 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
4521 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i);
|
|
|
4522 }
|
|
|
4523 else
|
|
|
4524 {
|
|
|
4525 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4526 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
4527 {
|
|
|
4528 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
4529
|
|
|
4530 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
4531 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
4532 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
4533 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4534 }
|
|
|
4535 else
|
|
|
4536 #endif
|
|
|
4537 {
|
|
|
4538 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
4539 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
4540 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
4541 else
|
|
|
4542 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4543 }
|
|
|
4544 }
|
|
|
4545 }
|
|
|
4546
|
|
|
4547 /*
|
|
|
4548 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
4549 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
4550 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
4551 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
4552 * saved here.
|
|
|
4553 */
|
|
|
4554 void
|
|
|
4555 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
4556 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
4557 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
4558 {
|
|
|
4559 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4560 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
4561 char_u *old;
|
|
|
4562 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
4563 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
4564 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4565
|
|
|
4566 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
4567 return;
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4570 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4571
|
|
|
4572 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4573 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4574
|
|
|
4575 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
4576 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
4577 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
4578 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
4579 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
4580 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
4581 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
4582 {
|
|
|
4583 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4584 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4585 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
4586 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
4587 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
4588 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4589 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4590 {
|
|
|
4591 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4592 return;
|
|
|
4593 }
|
|
|
4594 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4595 }
|
|
|
4596
|
|
|
4597 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4598 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
4599 * comments. */
|
|
|
4600 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
4601 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
4602 return;
|
|
|
4603 #endif
|
|
|
4604
|
|
|
4605 /*
|
|
|
4606 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
4607 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
4608 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
4609 */
|
|
|
4610 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
4611 {
|
|
|
4612 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4613 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4614 return;
|
|
|
4615 }
|
|
|
4616
|
|
|
4617 /*
|
|
|
4618 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
4619 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
4620 */
|
|
|
4621 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
4622 format_lines((linenr_T)-1);
|
|
|
4623 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
4624 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4627 {
|
|
|
4628 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
4629 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4630 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
4631 }
|
|
|
4632 else
|
|
|
4633 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
4634
|
|
|
4635 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
4636 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
4637 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
4638 * formatted. */
|
|
|
4639 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
4640 {
|
|
|
4641 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
4642 len = STRLEN(new);
|
|
|
4643 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
4644 {
|
|
|
4645 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
4646 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
4647 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
4648 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
4649 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
4650 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652 else
|
|
|
4653 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
4654 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
4655 }
|
|
|
4656
|
|
|
4657 check_cursor();
|
|
|
4658 }
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 /*
|
|
|
4661 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
4662 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
4663 * position.
|
|
|
4664 */
|
|
|
4665 static void
|
|
|
4666 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
4667 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
4668 {
|
|
|
4669 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
4670 int cc;
|
|
7
|
4671
|
|
|
4672 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
4673 {
|
|
301
|
4674 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4675 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
4676 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
4677 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4678 else
|
|
|
4679 {
|
|
|
4680 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
4681 {
|
|
|
4682 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4683 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4684 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4685 }
|
|
|
4686 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4687 {
|
|
|
4688 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
4689 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
4690 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
4691 }
|
|
|
4692 }
|
|
|
4693 }
|
|
|
4694 }
|
|
|
4695
|
|
|
4696 /*
|
|
|
4697 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
4698 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
4699 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
4700 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
4701 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
4702 */
|
|
|
4703 int
|
|
|
4704 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
|
4705 int ff; /* force formatting (for "Q" command) */
|
|
|
4706 {
|
|
|
4707 int textwidth;
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
4710 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
4711 {
|
|
|
4712 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
4713 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
4714 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
4715 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
4716 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
4717 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4718 #endif
|
|
|
4719 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4720 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
4721 #endif
|
|
|
4722 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
4723 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
4724 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
4725 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
4726 # endif
|
|
|
4727 )
|
|
|
4728 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
4729 #endif
|
|
|
4730 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
4731 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
4732 }
|
|
|
4733 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
4734 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
4735 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
4736 {
|
|
|
4737 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
4738 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
4739 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
4740 }
|
|
|
4741 return textwidth;
|
|
|
4742 }
|
|
|
4743
|
|
|
4744 /*
|
|
|
4745 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
4746 */
|
|
|
4747 static void
|
|
|
4748 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
4749 int c;
|
|
|
4750 {
|
|
|
4751 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
4752
|
|
|
4753 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
4754 * three digits. */
|
|
|
4755 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
4756 {
|
|
|
4757 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
4758 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
4759 }
|
|
|
4760 else
|
|
|
4761 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
4762 }
|
|
|
4763
|
|
|
4764 /*
|
|
|
4765 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
4766 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
4767 */
|
|
|
4768 static void
|
|
|
4769 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
|
4770 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4771 {
|
|
|
4772 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
4773 {
|
|
|
4774 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
4775 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
4776 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
4777 }
|
|
221
|
4778 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4779 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
4780 #endif
|
|
7
|
4781 }
|
|
|
4782
|
|
221
|
4783 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
4784 /*
|
|
|
4785 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
4786 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
4787 */
|
|
|
4788 static void
|
|
|
4789 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
4790 {
|
|
|
4791 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
4792 {
|
|
|
4793 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
4794
|
|
|
4795 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
4796 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
4797 }
|
|
|
4798 }
|
|
484
|
4799
|
|
|
4800 /*
|
|
|
4801 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
4802 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
4803 */
|
|
|
4804 static void
|
|
|
4805 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
4806 {
|
|
|
4807 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4808
|
|
|
4809 spell_move_to(BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE);
|
|
|
4810 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
4811 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
4812 }
|
|
221
|
4813 #endif
|
|
|
4814
|
|
7
|
4815 /*
|
|
|
4816 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
4817 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
4818 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
4819 */
|
|
|
4820 int
|
|
|
4821 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
4822 {
|
|
|
4823 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
4824 {
|
|
|
4825 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4826 {
|
|
|
4827 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
4828 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4829 }
|
|
|
4830 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
4831 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4832 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
4833 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
4834 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
4835 {
|
|
|
4836 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
4837 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
4838 }
|
|
|
4839 #endif
|
|
|
4840 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
4841 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
|
4842 }
|
|
|
4843 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
4844 {
|
|
|
4845 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
4846 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
4847 }
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
4850 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
4851 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
4852 #endif
|
|
|
4853
|
|
|
4854 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
4855 }
|
|
|
4856
|
|
|
4857 /*
|
|
|
4858 * do a few things to stop inserting
|
|
|
4859 */
|
|
|
4860 static void
|
|
|
4861 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
|
4862 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* where insert ended */
|
|
|
4863 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
|
4864 {
|
|
|
4865 int cc;
|
|
|
4866
|
|
|
4867 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
4868 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
4869
|
|
|
4870 /*
|
|
|
4871 * save the inserted text for later redo with ^@
|
|
|
4872 */
|
|
|
4873 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4874 last_insert = get_inserted();
|
|
|
4875 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
4876
|
|
|
4877 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
4878 {
|
|
|
4879 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
4880 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
4881 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
4882 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
4883 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
4884 {
|
|
10
|
4885 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4886
|
|
7
|
4887 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
4888 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
4889 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
4890 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
4891 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
4892 {
|
|
|
4893 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
4894 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
4895 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
4896 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
4897 }
|
|
|
4898
|
|
|
4899 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4900
|
|
10
|
4901 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4902 {
|
|
|
4903 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
4904 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
4905 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4906 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
4907 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
4908 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
4909 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
4910 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
4911 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
4912 #endif
|
|
|
4913 }
|
|
7
|
4914 }
|
|
|
4915
|
|
|
4916 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
4917 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
4918
|
|
|
4919 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
4920 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
4921 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
4922 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
|
4923 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
4924 {
|
|
10
|
4925 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4926
|
|
|
4927 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
7
|
4928 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
4929 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
4930 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
4931 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
10
|
4932 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
4933 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
4934 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
4935 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
4936
|
|
|
4937 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
4938 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
4939 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
4940 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
4941 {
|
|
|
4942 cc = STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
4943 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
4944 {
|
|
|
4945 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
4946 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
4947 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
4948 # endif
|
|
|
4949 }
|
|
|
4950 }
|
|
|
4951 #endif
|
|
|
4952 }
|
|
|
4953 }
|
|
|
4954 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4955 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4956 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4957 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4958 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4959 #endif
|
|
|
4960
|
|
|
4961 /* set '[ and '] to the inserted text */
|
|
|
4962 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
4963 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
4964 }
|
|
|
4965
|
|
|
4966 /*
|
|
|
4967 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
4968 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
4969 */
|
|
|
4970 void
|
|
|
4971 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
4972 int c;
|
|
|
4973 {
|
|
|
4974 char_u *s;
|
|
|
4975
|
|
|
4976 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
4977 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4978 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
4979 #else
|
|
|
4980 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
4981 #endif
|
|
|
4982 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
4983 {
|
|
|
4984 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
4985 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
4986 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
4987 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
4988 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
4989 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
4990 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
4991 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
4992 }
|
|
|
4993 }
|
|
|
4994
|
|
359
|
4995 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4996 void
|
|
|
4997 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
4998 {
|
|
|
4999 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
5000 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
|
5001 }
|
|
|
5002 #endif
|
|
|
5003
|
|
7
|
5004 /*
|
|
|
5005 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
5006 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
5007 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
5008 */
|
|
|
5009 char_u *
|
|
|
5010 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
5011 int c;
|
|
|
5012 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5013 {
|
|
|
5014 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5015 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5016 int i;
|
|
|
5017 int len;
|
|
|
5018
|
|
|
5019 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
5020 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
5021 {
|
|
|
5022 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
5023 #endif
|
|
|
5024 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
5025 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
5026 {
|
|
|
5027 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5028 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
5029 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
5030 }
|
|
|
5031 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5032 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
5033 {
|
|
|
5034 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
5035 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
5036 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
5037 }
|
|
|
5038 #endif
|
|
|
5039 else
|
|
|
5040 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
5041 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5042 }
|
|
|
5043 #endif
|
|
|
5044 return s;
|
|
|
5045 }
|
|
|
5046
|
|
|
5047 /*
|
|
|
5048 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
5049 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
5050 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
5051 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
5052 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
5053 */
|
|
|
5054 void
|
|
|
5055 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
5056 int flags;
|
|
|
5057 {
|
|
|
5058 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
5059 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5060 else
|
|
|
5061 {
|
|
|
5062 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
5063 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5064 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5065 #endif
|
|
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
5068 {
|
|
|
5069 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5070
|
|
|
5071 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
5072 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
5073 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5074 }
|
|
|
5075 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5076 }
|
|
|
5077 }
|
|
|
5078
|
|
|
5079 /*
|
|
|
5080 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
5081 *
|
|
|
5082 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
|
5083 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line.
|
|
|
5084 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
5085 */
|
|
|
5086
|
|
|
5087 int
|
|
|
5088 oneright()
|
|
|
5089 {
|
|
|
5090 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5091 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5092 int l;
|
|
|
5093 #endif
|
|
|
5094
|
|
|
5095 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5096 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5097 {
|
|
|
5098 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
5101 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5102 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5103 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5104 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5105 #else
|
|
|
5106 *ptr
|
|
|
5107 #endif
|
|
|
5108 ))
|
|
|
5109 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
5110 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5111 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
5112 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5113 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
5114 }
|
|
|
5115 #endif
|
|
|
5116
|
|
|
5117 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5118 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5119 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
5120 {
|
|
|
5121 /* The character under the cursor is a multi-byte character, move
|
|
|
5122 * several bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL. */
|
|
|
5123 if (ptr[l] == NUL)
|
|
|
5124 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5125 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
5126 }
|
|
|
5127 else
|
|
|
5128 #endif
|
|
|
5129 {
|
|
|
5130 if (*ptr++ == NUL || *ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
5131 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5132 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5133 }
|
|
|
5134
|
|
|
5135 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5136 return OK;
|
|
|
5137 }
|
|
|
5138
|
|
|
5139 int
|
|
|
5140 oneleft()
|
|
|
5141 {
|
|
|
5142 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
5143 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
5144 {
|
|
|
5145 int width;
|
|
|
5146 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
5147
|
|
|
5148 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
5149 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5150
|
|
|
5151 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
5152 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
5153 width = 1;
|
|
|
5154 for (;;)
|
|
|
5155 {
|
|
|
5156 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
5157 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
5158 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
5159 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
5160 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5161 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
5162 # endif
|
|
|
5163 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
5164 break;
|
|
|
5165 ++width;
|
|
|
5166 }
|
|
|
5167 # else
|
|
|
5168 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
5169 # endif
|
|
|
5170
|
|
|
5171 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
5172 {
|
|
|
5173 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
5176 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5177 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
5178 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5179 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
5180 # else
|
|
|
5181 *ptr
|
|
|
5182 # endif
|
|
|
5183 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
5184 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
5185 }
|
|
|
5186
|
|
|
5187 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5188 return OK;
|
|
|
5189 }
|
|
|
5190 #endif
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5193 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5194
|
|
|
5195 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
5196 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5197
|
|
|
5198 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5199 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
5200 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
5201 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5202 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5203 #endif
|
|
|
5204 return OK;
|
|
|
5205 }
|
|
|
5206
|
|
|
5207 int
|
|
|
5208 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5209 long n;
|
|
|
5210 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5211 {
|
|
|
5212 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5213
|
|
|
5214 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5215 {
|
|
|
5216 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
5217 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
5218 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5219 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5220 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5221 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
5222 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5223 else
|
|
|
5224 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5225 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5226 {
|
|
|
5227 /*
|
|
|
5228 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
5229 */
|
|
|
5230 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
5231 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5232
|
|
|
5233 while (n--)
|
|
|
5234 {
|
|
|
5235 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
5236 --lnum;
|
|
|
5237 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
5238 break;
|
|
|
5239 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
5240 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
5241 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
5242 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
5243 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
5244 }
|
|
|
5245 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
5246 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
5247 }
|
|
|
5248 else
|
|
|
5249 #endif
|
|
|
5250 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
5251 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5252 }
|
|
|
5253
|
|
|
5254 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5255 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5258 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5259
|
|
|
5260 return OK;
|
|
|
5261 }
|
|
|
5262
|
|
|
5263 /*
|
|
|
5264 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
5265 */
|
|
|
5266 int
|
|
|
5267 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
5268 long n;
|
|
|
5269 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
5270 {
|
|
|
5271 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
5272
|
|
|
5273 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
5274 {
|
|
|
5275 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5276 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5277 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
5278 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
5279 #endif
|
|
161
|
5280 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
5281 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
5282 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5283 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
5284 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
5285 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5286 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5287 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5288 else
|
|
|
5289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
5290 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
5291 {
|
|
|
5292 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
5295 while (n--)
|
|
|
5296 {
|
|
|
5297 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
5298 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
5299 else
|
|
|
5300 ++lnum;
|
|
|
5301 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5302 break;
|
|
|
5303 }
|
|
|
5304 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
5305 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
5306 }
|
|
|
5307 else
|
|
|
5308 #endif
|
|
|
5309 lnum += n;
|
|
|
5310 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
5311 }
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
5314 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
5317 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
5318
|
|
|
5319 return OK;
|
|
|
5320 }
|
|
|
5321
|
|
|
5322 /*
|
|
|
5323 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
5324 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
5325 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
5326 */
|
|
|
5327 int
|
|
|
5328 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
5329 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
5330 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
5331 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
5332 {
|
|
|
5333 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
5334 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
5335 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5336 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
5337
|
|
|
5338 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
5339 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
5340 {
|
|
|
5341 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
5342 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5343 }
|
|
|
5344
|
|
|
5345 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
5346 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
5347 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
5348 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
5349 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
5350
|
|
|
5351 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
5352 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
5353 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
5354 */
|
|
|
5355 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
5356 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
5357 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
5358 {
|
|
|
5359 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
5360 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
5361 }
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 do
|
|
|
5364 {
|
|
|
5365 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
5366 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
5367 if (last)
|
|
|
5368 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
5369 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
5370 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
5371 }
|
|
|
5372 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
5373
|
|
|
5374 if (last)
|
|
|
5375 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
5376
|
|
|
5377 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5378 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
5379
|
|
|
5380 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
5381 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
5382 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
5383
|
|
|
5384 return OK;
|
|
|
5385 }
|
|
|
5386
|
|
|
5387 char_u *
|
|
|
5388 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
5389 {
|
|
|
5390 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5391 return NULL;
|
|
|
5392 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
5393 }
|
|
|
5394
|
|
|
5395 /*
|
|
|
5396 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
5397 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
5398 */
|
|
|
5399 char_u *
|
|
|
5400 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
5401 {
|
|
|
5402 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5403 int len;
|
|
|
5404
|
|
|
5405 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
5406 return NULL;
|
|
|
5407 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
5408 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
5409 {
|
|
|
5410 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
5411 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
5412 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5413 }
|
|
|
5414 return s;
|
|
|
5415 }
|
|
|
5416
|
|
|
5417 /*
|
|
|
5418 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
5419 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
5420 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
5421 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
5422 */
|
|
|
5423 static int
|
|
|
5424 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
5425 int c;
|
|
|
5426 {
|
|
|
5427 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
5428 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
5429 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
5430 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5431
|
|
|
5432 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
5433 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
5434 }
|
|
|
5435
|
|
|
5436 /*
|
|
|
5437 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
5438 *
|
|
|
5439 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
5440 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
5441 *
|
|
|
5442 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
5443 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
5444 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
5445 *
|
|
|
5446 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
5447 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
5448 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
5449 *
|
|
|
5450 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
5451 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
5452 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
5453 */
|
|
|
5454
|
|
298
|
5455 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5456 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
5457 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
5458
|
|
|
5459 void
|
|
|
5460 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
5461 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
5462 {
|
|
|
5463 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5464
|
|
|
5465 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5466 return;
|
|
|
5467 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
5468 {
|
|
|
5469 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
5470 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
5471 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
5472 {
|
|
|
5473 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
5474 return;
|
|
|
5475 }
|
|
|
5476 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
5477 {
|
|
|
5478 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
5479 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5480 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5481 }
|
|
|
5482 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
5483 }
|
|
|
5484 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
5485 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
5486 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
5487 *p = c;
|
|
|
5488 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5489 }
|
|
|
5490
|
|
|
5491 /*
|
|
|
5492 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
5493 */
|
|
|
5494 static void
|
|
|
5495 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
5496 int c;
|
|
|
5497 {
|
|
|
5498 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5501 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5502 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
5503 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
5504 break;
|
|
|
5505 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5506 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5507 }
|
|
|
5508
|
|
|
5509 /*
|
|
|
5510 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
5511 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
5512 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
5513 */
|
|
|
5514 static int
|
|
|
5515 replace_pop()
|
|
|
5516 {
|
|
|
5517 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
5518 return -1;
|
|
|
5519 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
5520 }
|
|
|
5521
|
|
|
5522 /*
|
|
|
5523 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
5524 * encountered.
|
|
|
5525 */
|
|
|
5526 static void
|
|
|
5527 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
5528 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
5529 {
|
|
|
5530 int i;
|
|
|
5531
|
|
|
5532 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
5533 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
5534 {
|
|
|
5535 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
5536 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
5537 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
5538 return;
|
|
|
5539 }
|
|
|
5540 }
|
|
|
5541
|
|
|
5542 /*
|
|
|
5543 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
5544 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5545 */
|
|
|
5546 static void
|
|
|
5547 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
5548 {
|
|
|
5549 int cc;
|
|
|
5550 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
5551
|
|
|
5552 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
5553 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
5554 {
|
|
|
5555 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5556 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
5557 #else
|
|
|
5558 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5559 #endif
|
|
|
5560 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5561 }
|
|
|
5562 State = oldState;
|
|
|
5563 }
|
|
|
5564
|
|
|
5565 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5566 /*
|
|
|
5567 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
5568 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
5569 */
|
|
|
5570 static void
|
|
|
5571 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
5572 int cc;
|
|
|
5573 {
|
|
|
5574 int n;
|
|
|
5575 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
5576 int i;
|
|
|
5577 int c;
|
|
|
5578
|
|
|
5579 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
5580 {
|
|
|
5581 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
5582 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5583 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5584 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5585 }
|
|
|
5586 else
|
|
|
5587 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
5588
|
|
|
5589 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
5590 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
5591 for (;;)
|
|
|
5592 {
|
|
|
5593 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5594 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
5595 break;
|
|
|
5596 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
5597 {
|
|
|
5598 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5599 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
5600 break;
|
|
|
5601 }
|
|
|
5602 else
|
|
|
5603 {
|
|
|
5604 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5605 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
5606 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5607 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
5608 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
5609 else
|
|
|
5610 {
|
|
|
5611 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
5612 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
5613 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
5614 break;
|
|
|
5615 }
|
|
|
5616 }
|
|
|
5617 }
|
|
|
5618 }
|
|
|
5619 #endif
|
|
|
5620
|
|
|
5621 /*
|
|
|
5622 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
5623 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
5624 */
|
|
|
5625 static void
|
|
|
5626 replace_flush()
|
|
|
5627 {
|
|
|
5628 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
5629 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
5630 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
5631 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
5632 }
|
|
|
5633
|
|
|
5634 /*
|
|
|
5635 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
5636 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
5637 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
5638 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
5639 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
5640 */
|
|
|
5641 static void
|
|
|
5642 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
5643 {
|
|
|
5644 int cc;
|
|
|
5645 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5646 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
5647 int ins_len;
|
|
|
5648 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
5649 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
5650 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5651 int i;
|
|
|
5652 int vcol;
|
|
|
5653 #endif
|
|
|
5654
|
|
|
5655 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
5656 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
5657 {
|
|
|
5658 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5659 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5660 {
|
|
|
5661 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
5662 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
5663 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
5664 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
5665 }
|
|
|
5666 #endif
|
|
|
5667 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5668 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5669 {
|
|
|
5670 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5671 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5672 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5673 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5674 # endif
|
|
|
5675 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
5676 }
|
|
|
5677 else
|
|
|
5678 #endif
|
|
|
5679 {
|
|
|
5680 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
5681 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5682 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5683 orig_len = STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
|
5684 #endif
|
|
|
5685 }
|
|
|
5686 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
5687
|
|
|
5688 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5689 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5690 {
|
|
|
5691 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
5692 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5693 ins_len = STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
|
5694 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
5695 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5696 {
|
|
|
5697 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
5698 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
5699 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
5700 #endif
|
|
|
5701 }
|
|
|
5702 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
5705 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
5706 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
5707 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
5708 {
|
|
|
5709 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5710 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
5711 }
|
|
|
5712 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
5713 }
|
|
|
5714 #endif
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
5717 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
5718 }
|
|
|
5719 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
5720 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
5721 }
|
|
|
5722
|
|
|
5723 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5724 /*
|
|
|
5725 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
5726 */
|
|
|
5727 static int
|
|
|
5728 cindent_on()
|
|
|
5729 {
|
|
|
5730 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
5731 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5732 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
5733 # endif
|
|
|
5734 ));
|
|
|
5735 }
|
|
|
5736 #endif
|
|
|
5737
|
|
|
5738 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5739 /*
|
|
|
5740 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
5741 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
5742 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
5743 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
5744 */
|
|
|
5745
|
|
|
5746 void
|
|
|
5747 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
5748 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5749 {
|
|
|
5750 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
5751 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
5752 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
5753 }
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 void
|
|
|
5756 fix_indent()
|
|
|
5757 {
|
|
|
5758 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
5759 return;
|
|
|
5760 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
5761 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5762 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
5763 # endif
|
|
|
5764 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
5765 else
|
|
|
5766 # endif
|
|
|
5767 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5768 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
5769 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
5770 # endif
|
|
|
5771 }
|
|
|
5772
|
|
|
5773 #endif
|
|
|
5774
|
|
|
5775 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5776 /*
|
|
|
5777 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
5778 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
5779 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
5780 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
5781 *
|
|
|
5782 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
5783 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
5784 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
5785 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
5786 *
|
|
|
5787 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
5788 */
|
|
|
5789 int
|
|
|
5790 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5791 int keytyped;
|
|
|
5792 int when;
|
|
|
5793 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
5794 {
|
|
|
5795 char_u *look;
|
|
|
5796 int try_match;
|
|
|
5797 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
5798 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5799 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5800 int icase;
|
|
|
5801 int i;
|
|
|
5802
|
|
|
5803 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5804 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
5805 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
5806 else
|
|
|
5807 #endif
|
|
|
5808 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
5809 while (*look)
|
|
|
5810 {
|
|
|
5811 /*
|
|
|
5812 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
5813 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
5814 */
|
|
|
5815 switch (when)
|
|
|
5816 {
|
|
|
5817 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
5818 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
5819 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
5820 }
|
|
|
5821 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
5822 ++look;
|
|
|
5823
|
|
|
5824 /*
|
|
|
5825 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
5826 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
5827 */
|
|
|
5828 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
5829 {
|
|
|
5830 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
5831 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
5832 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5833 ++look;
|
|
|
5834 }
|
|
|
5835 else
|
|
|
5836 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 /*
|
|
|
5839 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
5840 */
|
|
|
5841 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
5842 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5843 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
5844 #else
|
|
|
5845 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
5846 #endif
|
|
|
5847 )
|
|
|
5848 {
|
|
|
5849 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
5850 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5851 look += 2;
|
|
|
5852 }
|
|
|
5853 /*
|
|
|
5854 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
5855 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
5856 */
|
|
|
5857 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
5858 {
|
|
|
5859 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
5860 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5861 ++look;
|
|
|
5862 }
|
|
|
5863 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
5864 {
|
|
|
5865 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
5866 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5867 ++look;
|
|
|
5868 }
|
|
|
5869
|
|
|
5870 /*
|
|
|
5871 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
5872 * cursor.
|
|
|
5873 */
|
|
|
5874 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
5875 {
|
|
|
5876 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
5877 {
|
|
|
5878 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5879 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
5880 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
5881 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5882 }
|
|
|
5883 ++look;
|
|
|
5884 }
|
|
|
5885
|
|
|
5886 /*
|
|
|
5887 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
5888 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
5889 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
5890 */
|
|
|
5891 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
5892 {
|
|
|
5893 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
5894 {
|
|
|
5895 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5896 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
5897 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5898 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
5899 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
5900 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
5901 {
|
|
|
5902 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
5903 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
5904 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
5905 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5906 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
5907 if (i)
|
|
|
5908 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5909 }
|
|
|
5910 }
|
|
|
5911 ++look;
|
|
|
5912 }
|
|
|
5913
|
|
|
5914
|
|
|
5915 /*
|
|
|
5916 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
5917 */
|
|
|
5918 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
5919 {
|
|
|
5920 if (try_match)
|
|
|
5921 {
|
|
|
5922 /*
|
|
|
5923 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
5924 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
5925 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
5926 */
|
|
|
5927 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
5928 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
5929 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5930
|
|
|
5931 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
5932 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5933 }
|
|
|
5934 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
5935 look++;
|
|
|
5936 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
5937 look++;
|
|
|
5938 }
|
|
|
5939
|
|
|
5940 /*
|
|
|
5941 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
5942 */
|
|
|
5943 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
5944 {
|
|
|
5945 ++look;
|
|
|
5946 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
5947 {
|
|
|
5948 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
5949 ++look;
|
|
|
5950 }
|
|
|
5951 else
|
|
|
5952 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
5953 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
5954 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5955 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
5956 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
5957 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
5958 {
|
|
|
5959 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
5960
|
|
|
5961 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
5962 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
5963 {
|
|
|
5964 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5965
|
|
|
5966 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
5967 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
5968 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
5969 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5970 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5971 {
|
|
|
5972 char_u *n;
|
|
|
5973
|
|
|
5974 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
5975 {
|
|
|
5976 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
5977 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
5978 break;
|
|
|
5979 }
|
|
|
5980 }
|
|
|
5981 else
|
|
|
5982 # endif
|
|
|
5983 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
5984 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
5985 break;
|
|
|
5986 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5987 && (icase
|
|
|
5988 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
5989 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
5990 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
5991 }
|
|
|
5992 else
|
|
|
5993 #endif
|
|
|
5994 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
5995 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
5996 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
5997 {
|
|
|
5998 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
5999 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
6000 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
6001 && (icase
|
|
|
6002 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
6003 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
6004 == 0)
|
|
|
6005 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
6006 }
|
|
|
6007 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
6008 {
|
|
|
6009 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
6010 * word. */
|
|
|
6011 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6012 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
6013 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
6014 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
6015 }
|
|
|
6016 if (match)
|
|
|
6017 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6018 }
|
|
|
6019 look = p;
|
|
|
6020 }
|
|
|
6021
|
|
|
6022 /*
|
|
|
6023 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
6024 */
|
|
|
6025 else
|
|
|
6026 {
|
|
|
6027 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
6028 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6029 ++look;
|
|
|
6030 }
|
|
|
6031
|
|
|
6032 /*
|
|
|
6033 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
6034 */
|
|
|
6035 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
6036 }
|
|
|
6037 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6038 }
|
|
|
6039 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
6040
|
|
|
6041 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6042 /*
|
|
|
6043 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
6044 */
|
|
|
6045 int
|
|
|
6046 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
6047 int c;
|
|
|
6048 {
|
|
|
6049 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
6050 {
|
|
|
6051 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
6052 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
6053 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
6054 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
6055 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
6056 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
6057 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
6058 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
6059 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
6060 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
6061 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
6062 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
6063 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
6064
|
|
|
6065 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
6066 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6067 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
6068 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
6069 return 'X';
|
|
|
6070 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
6071 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
6072 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
6073 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
6074 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
6075 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6076 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
6077 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
6078 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6079 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
6080 #else
|
|
|
6081 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
6082 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
6083 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
6084 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
6085 */
|
|
|
6086 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
6087 #endif
|
|
|
6088 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6089 else
|
|
|
6090 return c;
|
|
|
6091 }
|
|
|
6092 else
|
|
|
6093 {
|
|
|
6094 switch (c)
|
|
|
6095 {
|
|
|
6096 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
6097 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
6098 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
6099 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
6100 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
6101
|
|
|
6102 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
6103 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
6104 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
6105 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
6106 default: {
|
|
|
6107 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
6110 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
6111 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
6112 #else
|
|
|
6113 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
6114 #endif
|
|
|
6115 return c;
|
|
|
6116 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
6117 break;
|
|
|
6118 }
|
|
|
6119 }
|
|
|
6120
|
|
|
6121 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
6122 }
|
|
|
6123 }
|
|
|
6124 #endif
|
|
|
6125
|
|
|
6126 static void
|
|
|
6127 ins_reg()
|
|
|
6128 {
|
|
|
6129 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6130 int regname;
|
|
|
6131 int literally = 0;
|
|
|
6132
|
|
|
6133 /*
|
|
|
6134 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
6135 */
|
|
|
6136 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
6137 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
6138 {
|
|
|
6139 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
6140 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
6141
|
|
|
6142 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
6143 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6144 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6145 #endif
|
|
|
6146 }
|
|
|
6147
|
|
|
6148 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
6149 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
6150 #endif
|
|
|
6151
|
|
|
6152 /*
|
|
|
6153 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6154 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6155 */
|
|
|
6156 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6157 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6158 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6159 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6160 #endif
|
|
|
6161 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6162 {
|
|
|
6163 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
6164 literally = regname;
|
|
|
6165 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6166 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
6167 #endif
|
|
|
6168 regname = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6169 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
6170 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
6171 #endif
|
|
|
6172 }
|
|
|
6173 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6174
|
|
|
6175 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6176 /*
|
|
|
6177 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
6178 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
6179 */
|
|
|
6180 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6181 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
6182 {
|
|
133
|
6183 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6184 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
6185 # endif
|
|
7
|
6186 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
6187 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
6188 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
6189 if (im_on)
|
|
|
6190 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
6191 # endif
|
|
7
|
6192 }
|
|
140
|
6193 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
6194 {
|
|
|
6195 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
6196 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
6197 }
|
|
7
|
6198 else
|
|
|
6199 {
|
|
|
6200 #endif
|
|
|
6201 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
6202 {
|
|
|
6203 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
6204 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
6205 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
6206 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
6207
|
|
|
6208 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
6209 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
6210 }
|
|
|
6211 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6212 {
|
|
|
6213 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6214 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6215 }
|
|
133
|
6216 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
6217 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
6218 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
6219 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6220 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6221
|
|
7
|
6222 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
6223 }
|
|
|
6224 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
6225 #endif
|
|
|
6226 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
6227 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
6228 #endif
|
|
|
6229
|
|
|
6230 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
6231 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
6232 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
6233 }
|
|
|
6234
|
|
|
6235 /*
|
|
|
6236 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6237 */
|
|
|
6238 static void
|
|
|
6239 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
6240 {
|
|
|
6241 int c;
|
|
|
6242
|
|
|
6243 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
6244 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
6245 setcursor();
|
|
|
6246 #endif
|
|
|
6247
|
|
|
6248 /*
|
|
|
6249 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
6250 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
6251 */
|
|
|
6252 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
6253 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
6254 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
6255 switch (c)
|
|
|
6256 {
|
|
|
6257 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6258 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6259 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
6260 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
6261 break;
|
|
|
6262
|
|
|
6263 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
6264 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6265 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
6266 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
6267 break;
|
|
|
6268
|
|
|
6269 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
|
6270 case 'u': u_sync();
|
|
|
6271 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
6272 break;
|
|
|
6273
|
|
|
6274 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
6275 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
6276 }
|
|
|
6277 }
|
|
|
6278
|
|
|
6279 /*
|
|
449
|
6280 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6281 */
|
|
|
6282 static void
|
|
|
6283 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
6284 {
|
|
|
6285 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6286 {
|
|
|
6287 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
6288 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
6289 {
|
|
|
6290 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6291 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6292 }
|
|
|
6293 else
|
|
|
6294 {
|
|
|
6295 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
6296 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6297 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6298 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6299 #endif
|
|
|
6300 }
|
|
|
6301 }
|
|
|
6302 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6303 else
|
|
|
6304 {
|
|
|
6305 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
6306 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
6307 {
|
|
|
6308 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
6309 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6310 }
|
|
|
6311 else
|
|
|
6312 {
|
|
|
6313 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
6314 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
6315 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
6316 }
|
|
|
6317 }
|
|
|
6318 #endif
|
|
|
6319 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
6320 showmode();
|
|
|
6321 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6322 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
6323 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6324 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6325 #endif
|
|
|
6326 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
6327 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
6328 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
6329 #endif
|
|
|
6330 }
|
|
|
6331
|
|
|
6332 /*
|
|
7
|
6333 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
6334 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
6335 * insert.
|
|
|
6336 */
|
|
|
6337 static int
|
|
477
|
6338 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
6339 long *count;
|
|
|
6340 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
6341 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
6342 {
|
|
|
6343 int temp;
|
|
|
6344 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6345
|
|
449
|
6346 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
6347 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6348 #endif
|
|
7
|
6349 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
6350 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
6351 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
6352 # endif
|
|
|
6353 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
6354 {
|
|
|
6355 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
6356 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
6357 }
|
|
|
6358 #endif
|
|
|
6359 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
|
|
|
6360 previous_script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6361 KeyScript(smKeyRoman); /* or smKeySysScript */
|
|
|
6362 #endif
|
|
|
6363
|
|
|
6364 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6365 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
6366 {
|
|
|
6367 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6368 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
6369 }
|
|
|
6370 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
6371 {
|
|
|
6372 /*
|
|
|
6373 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
6374 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
6375 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
6376 */
|
|
|
6377 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
6378 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
6379
|
|
|
6380 /*
|
|
|
6381 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
6382 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
6383 */
|
|
|
6384 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
6385 {
|
|
|
6386 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6387 if (got_int)
|
|
|
6388 *count = 0;
|
|
|
6389 }
|
|
|
6390
|
|
|
6391 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
6392 {
|
|
164
|
6393 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
6394 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
6395 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
6396
|
|
7
|
6397 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6398 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
6399 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
6400 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
6401 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6402 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
6403 }
|
|
|
6404 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
6405 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6406 }
|
|
|
6407
|
|
|
6408 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
6409 * indent */
|
|
|
6410 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6411 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6412
|
|
|
6413 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
6414 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
6415 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6416
|
|
|
6417 /*
|
|
|
6418 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
6419 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
6420 */
|
|
477
|
6421 if (!nomove
|
|
|
6422 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
6423 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6424 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
6425 #endif
|
|
477
|
6426 )
|
|
|
6427 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
6428 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
6429 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
6430 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
6431 #endif
|
|
|
6432 ))
|
|
7
|
6433 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6434 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6435 #endif
|
|
|
6436 )
|
|
|
6437 {
|
|
|
6438 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6439 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
6440 {
|
|
|
6441 oneleft();
|
|
|
6442 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6443 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6444 }
|
|
|
6445 else
|
|
|
6446 #endif
|
|
|
6447 {
|
|
|
6448 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6450 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
6451 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6452 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6453 #endif
|
|
|
6454 }
|
|
|
6455 }
|
|
|
6456
|
|
|
6457 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
6458 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
6459 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
6460 * well). */
|
|
|
6461 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
6462 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
6463 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
6464 #endif
|
|
|
6465
|
|
|
6466 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6467 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
6468 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
6469
|
|
|
6470 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
6471 setmouse();
|
|
|
6472 #endif
|
|
|
6473 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6474 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6475 #endif
|
|
|
6476
|
|
|
6477 /*
|
|
|
6478 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
6479 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
6480 */
|
|
|
6481 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
6482 showmode();
|
|
|
6483 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
6484 MSG("");
|
|
|
6485
|
|
|
6486 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
6487 }
|
|
|
6488
|
|
|
6489 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6490 /*
|
|
|
6491 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
6492 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
6493 */
|
|
|
6494 static void
|
|
|
6495 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
6496 {
|
|
|
6497 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
6498 {
|
|
|
6499 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
6500 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6501 }
|
|
|
6502 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
6503 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
6504 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
6505 {
|
|
|
6506 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6507 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
6508 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
6509 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
6510 }
|
|
|
6511 else
|
|
|
6512 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
6513 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6514 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
6515 {
|
|
|
6516 /*
|
|
|
6517 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
6518 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
6519 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
6520 */
|
|
|
6521 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
6522 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
6523 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
6524 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6525 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
6526 }
|
|
|
6527 else
|
|
|
6528 #endif
|
|
|
6529 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
6530 showmode();
|
|
|
6531 }
|
|
|
6532 #endif
|
|
|
6533
|
|
|
6534 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6535 /*
|
|
|
6536 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
6537 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
6538 */
|
|
|
6539 static int
|
|
|
6540 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
6541 int c;
|
|
|
6542 {
|
|
|
6543 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
6544 switch (c)
|
|
|
6545 {
|
|
|
6546 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
6547 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
6548 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
6549 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
6550 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6551 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
6552 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
6553 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
6554 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6555 case K_UP:
|
|
|
6556 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
6557 case K_END:
|
|
|
6558 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
6559 # endif
|
|
|
6560 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
6561 break;
|
|
|
6562 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
6563 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
6564 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
6565 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
6566 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
6567 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
6568 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
6569 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
6570 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
6571 start_selection();
|
|
|
6572
|
|
|
6573 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
6574 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
6575 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
6576 {
|
|
|
6577 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
6578
|
|
|
6579 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6580 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
6581 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
6582 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
6583 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
6584 }
|
|
|
6585 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6586 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6587 }
|
|
|
6588 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6589 }
|
|
|
6590 #endif
|
|
|
6591
|
|
|
6592 /*
|
|
449
|
6593 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
6594 */
|
|
|
6595 static void
|
|
|
6596 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
6597 int replaceState;
|
|
|
6598 {
|
|
|
6599 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
6600 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
6601 {
|
|
|
6602 beep_flush();
|
|
|
6603 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
6604 return;
|
|
|
6605 }
|
|
|
6606 #endif
|
|
|
6607
|
|
|
6608 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
6609 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
6610 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
|
6611 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : "r"), 1);
|
|
|
6612 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
6613 #endif
|
|
|
6614 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6615 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6616 else
|
|
|
6617 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
6618 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
6619 showmode();
|
|
|
6620 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
6621 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
6622 #endif
|
|
|
6623 }
|
|
|
6624
|
|
|
6625 /*
|
|
|
6626 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6627 */
|
|
|
6628 static void
|
|
|
6629 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
6630 {
|
|
|
6631 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6632 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6633 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
6634 else
|
|
|
6635 #endif
|
|
|
6636 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6637 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
6638 else
|
|
|
6639 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
6640 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6641 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6642 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
6643 else
|
|
|
6644 #endif
|
|
|
6645 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
6646 }
|
|
|
6647
|
|
|
6648 /*
|
|
7
|
6649 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
6650 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
6651 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
6652 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
6653 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
6654 */
|
|
|
6655 static void
|
|
|
6656 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
6657 int c;
|
|
|
6658 int lastc;
|
|
|
6659 {
|
|
|
6660 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6661 return;
|
|
|
6662 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6663
|
|
|
6664 /*
|
|
|
6665 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
6666 */
|
|
|
6667 if ((lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') && curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
6668 {
|
|
|
6669 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6670 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
6671 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
6672 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6673 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6674 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
6675 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
|
6676 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6677 }
|
|
|
6678 else
|
|
|
6679 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0);
|
|
|
6680
|
|
|
6681 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
6682 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6683 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6684 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6685 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6686 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6687 #endif
|
|
|
6688 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6689 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
6690 #endif
|
|
|
6691 }
|
|
|
6692
|
|
|
6693 static void
|
|
|
6694 ins_del()
|
|
|
6695 {
|
|
|
6696 int temp;
|
|
|
6697
|
|
|
6698 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6699 return;
|
|
|
6700 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
6701 {
|
|
|
6702 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6703 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
6704 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
6705 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
6706 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6707 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6708 else
|
|
|
6709 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6710 }
|
|
|
6711 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
6712 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6713 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6714 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6715 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6716 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6717 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6718 #endif
|
|
|
6719 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
6720 }
|
|
|
6721
|
|
|
6722 /*
|
|
|
6723 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
6724 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
6725 */
|
|
|
6726 static int
|
|
|
6727 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
6728 int c;
|
|
|
6729 int mode;
|
|
|
6730 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
6731 {
|
|
|
6732 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6733 int cc;
|
|
|
6734 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
6735 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
6736 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
6737 int in_indent;
|
|
|
6738 int oldState;
|
|
|
6739 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6740 int p1, p2;
|
|
|
6741 #endif
|
|
|
6742
|
|
|
6743 /*
|
|
|
6744 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
6745 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
6746 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
6747 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
6748 */
|
|
|
6749 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
6750 || (
|
|
|
6751 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6752 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
6753 #endif
|
|
|
6754 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6755 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
6756 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
6757 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6758 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
6759 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
6760 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
6761 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
6762 {
|
|
|
6763 vim_beep();
|
|
|
6764 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6765 }
|
|
|
6766
|
|
|
6767 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6768 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6769 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
6770 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6771 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
6772 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
6773 #endif
|
|
|
6774 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6775 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
6776 #endif
|
|
|
6777 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6778 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
6779 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6780 #endif
|
|
|
6781
|
|
|
6782 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6783 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
6784 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
6785 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
6786 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
6787 */
|
|
|
6788 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
6789 {
|
|
|
6790 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
6791 {
|
|
|
6792 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
6793 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6794 }
|
|
|
6795 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
6796 {
|
|
|
6797 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6798 return TRUE;
|
|
|
6799 }
|
|
|
6800 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6801 }
|
|
|
6802 #endif
|
|
|
6803
|
|
|
6804 /*
|
|
|
6805 * delete newline!
|
|
|
6806 */
|
|
|
6807 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6808 {
|
|
|
6809 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6810 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6811 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6812 || revins_on
|
|
|
6813 #endif
|
|
|
6814 )
|
|
|
6815 {
|
|
|
6816 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
6817 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6818 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6819 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
6820 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
6821 }
|
|
|
6822 /*
|
|
|
6823 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
6824 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
6825 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
6826 */
|
|
|
6827 cc = -1;
|
|
|
6828 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6829 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
6830 /*
|
|
|
6831 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
6832 * cursor.
|
|
|
6833 */
|
|
|
6834 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
6835 {
|
|
|
6836 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6837 }
|
|
|
6838 else
|
|
|
6839 {
|
|
|
6840 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6841 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6842 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
6843 #endif
|
|
|
6844 {
|
|
|
6845 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
6846 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
6847
|
|
|
6848 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
6849 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
6850 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
6851 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
6852 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
6853 {
|
|
|
6854 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
6855 TRUE);
|
|
|
6856 int len;
|
|
|
6857
|
|
|
6858 len = STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
6859 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
6860 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6861 }
|
|
|
6862
|
|
7
|
6863 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
6864 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6865 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6866 }
|
|
|
6867 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6868 else
|
|
|
6869 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6870 #endif
|
|
|
6871
|
|
|
6872 /*
|
|
|
6873 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
6874 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
6875 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
6876 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
6877 */
|
|
|
6878 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6879 {
|
|
|
6880 /*
|
|
|
6881 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
6882 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
6883 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
6884 */
|
|
|
6885 oldState = State;
|
|
|
6886 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
6887 /*
|
|
|
6888 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
6889 */
|
|
|
6890 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
6891 {
|
|
|
6892 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6893 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6894 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
6895 #else
|
|
|
6896 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
6897 #endif
|
|
|
6898 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6899 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
6900 }
|
|
|
6901 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
6902 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
6903 State = oldState;
|
|
|
6904 }
|
|
|
6905 }
|
|
|
6906 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6907 }
|
|
|
6908 else
|
|
|
6909 {
|
|
|
6910 /*
|
|
|
6911 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
6912 */
|
|
|
6913 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6914 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
6915 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6916 #endif
|
|
|
6917 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
6918 /* keep indent */
|
|
|
6919 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE && curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
6920 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
6921 && !revins_on
|
|
|
6922 #endif
|
|
|
6923 )
|
|
|
6924 {
|
|
|
6925 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6926 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
6927 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
6928 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6929 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
6930 }
|
|
|
6931
|
|
|
6932 /*
|
|
|
6933 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
6934 */
|
|
|
6935 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
6936 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
|
6937 || (curbuf->b_p_sts
|
|
|
6938 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
6939 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
6940 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
6941 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
6942 {
|
|
|
6943 int ts;
|
|
|
6944 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
6945 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
|
6946 int extra = 0;
|
|
|
6947
|
|
|
6948 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
|
6949 if (p_sta)
|
|
|
6950 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
6951 else
|
|
|
6952 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
6953 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
6954 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
6955 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
6956 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6957 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6958 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
6959 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6960 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
6961
|
|
|
6962 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
6963 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
6964 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
|
6965 {
|
|
|
6966 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6967 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6968 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6969 {
|
|
|
6970 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
6971 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
6972 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6973 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6974 {
|
|
|
6975 #if 0 /* what was this for? It causes problems when sw != ts. */
|
|
|
6976 if (State == REPLACE && (int)vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6977 {
|
|
|
6978 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6979 extra = 2; /* don't pop too much */
|
|
|
6980 }
|
|
|
6981 else
|
|
|
6982 #endif
|
|
|
6983 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
6984 }
|
|
|
6985 }
|
|
|
6986 else
|
|
|
6987 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6988 }
|
|
|
6989
|
|
|
6990 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
6991 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
6992 {
|
|
|
6993 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
6994 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
6995 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
6996 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6997
|
|
|
6998 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6999 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7000 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7001 else
|
|
|
7002 #endif
|
|
|
7003 {
|
|
|
7004 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7005 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && extra <= 1)
|
|
|
7006 {
|
|
|
7007 if (extra)
|
|
|
7008 replace_push_off(NUL);
|
|
|
7009 else
|
|
|
7010 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7011 }
|
|
|
7012 if (extra == 2)
|
|
|
7013 extra = 1;
|
|
|
7014 }
|
|
|
7015 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7016 }
|
|
|
7017 }
|
|
|
7018
|
|
|
7019 /*
|
|
|
7020 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
7021 */
|
|
|
7022 else do
|
|
|
7023 {
|
|
|
7024 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7025 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
7026 #endif
|
|
|
7027 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7028
|
|
|
7029 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
7030 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
7031 {
|
|
|
7032 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
7033 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
7034 }
|
|
|
7035 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
7036 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
7037 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
7038 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
7039 {
|
|
|
7040 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7041 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
7042 #endif
|
|
|
7043 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7044 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7045 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7046 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7047 #endif
|
|
|
7048 break;
|
|
|
7049 }
|
|
|
7050 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7051 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
7052 else
|
|
|
7053 {
|
|
|
7054 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7055 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
|
7056 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), &p1, &p2);
|
|
|
7057 #endif
|
|
|
7058 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7059 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7060 /*
|
|
|
7061 * If p1 or p2 is non-zero, there are combining characters we
|
|
|
7062 * need to take account of. Don't back up before the base
|
|
|
7063 * character.
|
|
|
7064 */
|
|
|
7065 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && (p1 != NUL || p2 != NUL))
|
|
|
7066 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
7067 #endif
|
|
|
7068 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7069 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7070 {
|
|
|
7071 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7072 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7073 }
|
|
|
7074 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
7075 break;
|
|
|
7076 #endif
|
|
|
7077 }
|
|
|
7078 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
7079 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
7080 break;
|
|
|
7081 } while (
|
|
|
7082 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7083 revins_on ||
|
|
|
7084 #endif
|
|
|
7085 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
7086 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7087 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
7088 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
7089 }
|
|
|
7090 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7091 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7092 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7093 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7094 #endif
|
|
|
7095 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
7096 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7097 /*
|
|
|
7098 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
7099 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
7100 * with.
|
|
|
7101 */
|
|
|
7102 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
7103
|
|
|
7104 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
7105 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7106 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7107 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7108
|
|
|
7109 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
7110 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
7111 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
7112 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
7113 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
7114 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
7115 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
7116 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
7117 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
7118
|
|
|
7119 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
7120 }
|
|
|
7121
|
|
|
7122 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7123 static void
|
|
|
7124 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
7125 int c;
|
|
|
7126 {
|
|
|
7127 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7128
|
|
|
7129 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7130 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
7131 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7132 # endif
|
|
|
7133 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
7134 return;
|
|
|
7135
|
|
|
7136 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7137 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7138 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
7139 {
|
|
|
7140 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7141 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7142 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7143 # endif
|
|
|
7144 }
|
|
|
7145
|
|
|
7146 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
7147 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
7148 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
7149 #endif
|
|
|
7150 }
|
|
|
7151
|
|
|
7152 static void
|
|
|
7153 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
7154 int up;
|
|
|
7155 {
|
|
|
7156 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7157 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7158 win_T *old_curwin;
|
|
|
7159 # endif
|
|
|
7160
|
|
|
7161 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7162
|
|
|
7163 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7164 old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
7165
|
|
|
7166 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
7167 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7168 {
|
|
|
7169 int row, col;
|
|
|
7170
|
|
|
7171 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
7172 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
7173
|
|
|
7174 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
7175 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
7176 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7177 }
|
|
|
7178 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
7179 # endif
|
|
|
7180 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7181
|
|
|
7182 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
7183 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
7184 else
|
|
|
7185 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
7186
|
|
|
7187 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
7188 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
7189
|
|
|
7190 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
7191 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
7192 # endif
|
|
|
7193
|
|
|
7194 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
7195 {
|
|
|
7196 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7197 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7198 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7199 # endif
|
|
|
7200 }
|
|
|
7201 }
|
|
|
7202 #endif
|
|
|
7203
|
|
|
7204 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7205 void
|
|
|
7206 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
7207 {
|
|
|
7208 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7209
|
|
|
7210 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7211 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7212 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
7213 {
|
|
|
7214 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7215 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7216 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7217 # endif
|
|
|
7218 }
|
|
|
7219 }
|
|
|
7220
|
|
|
7221 void
|
|
|
7222 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
7223 {
|
|
|
7224 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7225
|
|
|
7226 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7227 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7228 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
7229 {
|
|
|
7230 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7231 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7232 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7233 # endif
|
|
|
7234 }
|
|
|
7235 }
|
|
|
7236 #endif
|
|
|
7237
|
|
|
7238 static void
|
|
|
7239 ins_left()
|
|
|
7240 {
|
|
|
7241 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7242
|
|
|
7243 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7244 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7245 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7246 #endif
|
|
|
7247 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7248 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7249 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
7250 {
|
|
|
7251 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7252 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7253 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
7254 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
7255 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7256 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7257 #endif
|
|
|
7258 }
|
|
|
7259
|
|
|
7260 /*
|
|
|
7261 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
7262 * previous line
|
|
|
7263 */
|
|
|
7264 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
7265 {
|
|
|
7266 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7267 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
7268 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7269 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
7270 }
|
|
|
7271 else
|
|
|
7272 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7273 }
|
|
|
7274
|
|
|
7275 static void
|
|
|
7276 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
7277 int c;
|
|
|
7278 {
|
|
|
7279 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7280
|
|
|
7281 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7282 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7283 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7284 #endif
|
|
|
7285 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7286 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7287 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
7288 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
7289 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7290 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7291 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
7292 #endif
|
|
|
7293 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
7294 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7295 }
|
|
|
7296
|
|
|
7297 static void
|
|
|
7298 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
7299 int c;
|
|
|
7300 {
|
|
|
7301 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7302
|
|
|
7303 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7304 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7305 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7306 #endif
|
|
|
7307 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7308 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7309 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
7310 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
7311 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
7312 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
7313
|
|
|
7314 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7315 }
|
|
|
7316
|
|
|
7317 static void
|
|
|
7318 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
7319 {
|
|
|
7320 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7321 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7322 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7323 #endif
|
|
|
7324 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7325 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
7326 {
|
|
|
7327 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7328 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7329 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7330 }
|
|
|
7331 else
|
|
|
7332 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7333 }
|
|
|
7334
|
|
|
7335 static void
|
|
|
7336 ins_right()
|
|
|
7337 {
|
|
|
7338 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7339 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7340 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7341 #endif
|
|
|
7342 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7343 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
7344 )
|
|
|
7345 {
|
|
|
7346 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7347 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7348 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7349 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
7350 oneright();
|
|
|
7351 else
|
|
|
7352 #endif
|
|
|
7353 {
|
|
|
7354 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7355 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
7356 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7357 else
|
|
|
7358 #endif
|
|
|
7359 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7360 }
|
|
|
7361
|
|
|
7362 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7363 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7364 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
7365 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
7366 #endif
|
|
|
7367 }
|
|
|
7368 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
7369 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
7370 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
7371 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7372 {
|
|
|
7373 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7374 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7375 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
7376 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
7377 }
|
|
|
7378 else
|
|
|
7379 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7380 }
|
|
|
7381
|
|
|
7382 static void
|
|
|
7383 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
7384 {
|
|
|
7385 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
7386 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
7387 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
7388 #endif
|
|
|
7389 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7390 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
7391 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
7392 {
|
|
|
7393 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
7394 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
7395 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7396 }
|
|
|
7397 else
|
|
|
7398 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7399 }
|
|
|
7400
|
|
|
7401 static void
|
|
|
7402 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
7403 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7404 {
|
|
|
7405 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7406 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7407 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7408 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7409 #endif
|
|
|
7410
|
|
|
7411 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7412 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7413 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7414 {
|
|
|
7415 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7416 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7417 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7418 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7419 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7420 #endif
|
|
|
7421 )
|
|
|
7422 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7423 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7424 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7425 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7426 #endif
|
|
|
7427 }
|
|
|
7428 else
|
|
|
7429 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7430 }
|
|
|
7431
|
|
|
7432 static void
|
|
|
7433 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
7434 {
|
|
|
7435 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7436
|
|
|
7437 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7438 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7439 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7440 {
|
|
|
7441 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7442 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7443 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7444 #endif
|
|
|
7445 }
|
|
|
7446 else
|
|
|
7447 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7448 }
|
|
|
7449
|
|
|
7450 static void
|
|
|
7451 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
7452 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7453 {
|
|
|
7454 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7455 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
7456 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7457 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
7458 #endif
|
|
|
7459
|
|
|
7460 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7461 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7462 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
7463 {
|
|
|
7464 if (startcol)
|
|
|
7465 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
7466 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
7467 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
7468 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
7469 #endif
|
|
|
7470 )
|
|
|
7471 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7472 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7473 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7474 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7475 #endif
|
|
|
7476 }
|
|
|
7477 else
|
|
|
7478 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7479 }
|
|
|
7480
|
|
|
7481 static void
|
|
|
7482 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
7483 {
|
|
|
7484 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
7485
|
|
|
7486 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7487 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7488 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
7489 {
|
|
|
7490 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
7491 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7492 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7493 #endif
|
|
|
7494 }
|
|
|
7495 else
|
|
|
7496 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7497 }
|
|
|
7498
|
|
|
7499 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
7500 static void
|
|
|
7501 ins_drop()
|
|
|
7502 {
|
|
|
7503 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7504 }
|
|
|
7505 #endif
|
|
|
7506
|
|
|
7507 /*
|
|
|
7508 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
7509 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
7510 */
|
|
|
7511 static int
|
|
|
7512 ins_tab()
|
|
|
7513 {
|
|
|
7514 int ind;
|
|
|
7515 int i;
|
|
|
7516 int temp;
|
|
|
7517
|
|
|
7518 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
7519 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
7520 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7521 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7522
|
|
|
7523 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
7524 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7525 if (ind)
|
|
|
7526 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
7527 #endif
|
|
|
7528
|
|
|
7529 /*
|
|
|
7530 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
7531 */
|
|
|
7532 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
7533 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
7534 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
7535 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7536
|
|
|
7537 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7538 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7539
|
|
|
7540 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
7541 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7542 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7543 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
7544 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
7545 #endif
|
|
|
7546 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
7547
|
|
|
7548 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
7549 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
7550 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
7551 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
7552 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
7553 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
7554 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
7555
|
|
|
7556 /*
|
|
|
7557 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
7558 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
7559 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
7560 */
|
|
|
7561 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7562 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
7563 {
|
|
|
7564 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7565 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7566 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
7567 else
|
|
|
7568 #endif
|
|
|
7569 {
|
|
|
7570 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
7571 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
7572 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7573 }
|
|
|
7574 }
|
|
|
7575
|
|
|
7576 /*
|
|
|
7577 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
7578 */
|
|
|
7579 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
7580 {
|
|
|
7581 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7582 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7583 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
7584 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
7585 #endif
|
|
|
7586 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
7587 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
7588 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
7589 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
7590 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
7591
|
|
|
7592 /*
|
|
|
7593 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
7594 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
7595 */
|
|
|
7596 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7597 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7598 {
|
|
|
7599 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7600 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
7601 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
7602 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
7603 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7604 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
7605 }
|
|
|
7606 else
|
|
|
7607 #endif
|
|
|
7608 {
|
|
|
7609 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7610 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7611 }
|
|
|
7612
|
|
|
7613 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
7614 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
7615 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
7616
|
|
|
7617 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
7618 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7619 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
7620 {
|
|
|
7621 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
7622 --ptr;
|
|
|
7623 }
|
|
|
7624
|
|
|
7625 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
7626 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7627 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
7628 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7629 {
|
|
|
7630 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7631 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
7632 }
|
|
|
7633
|
|
|
7634 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
7635 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7636 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
7637
|
|
|
7638 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
7639 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
7640 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
7641 {
|
|
|
7642 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
7643 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7644 break;
|
|
|
7645 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
7646 {
|
|
|
7647 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
7648 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
7649 {
|
|
|
7650 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
7651 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
7652 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
7653 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
7654 }
|
|
|
7655 }
|
|
|
7656 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
7657 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7658 vcol += i;
|
|
|
7659 }
|
|
|
7660
|
|
|
7661 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
7662 {
|
|
|
7663 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
7664
|
|
|
7665 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
7666 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
7667 {
|
|
|
7668 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
7669 ++ptr;
|
|
|
7670 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
7671 }
|
|
|
7672 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
7673 {
|
|
|
7674 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
7675 --ptr;
|
|
|
7676 --repl_off;
|
|
|
7677 }
|
|
|
7678 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
7679
|
|
|
7680 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
7681 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
7682 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
7683 {
|
|
|
7684 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
7685 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
7686 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7687 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7688 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7689 #endif
|
|
|
7690 )
|
|
|
7691 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
7692 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
7693 }
|
|
33
|
7694 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
7695 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
7696 {
|
|
|
7697 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7698 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
7699 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
7700 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
7701 }
|
|
|
7702 #endif
|
|
7
|
7703 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
7704
|
|
|
7705 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7706 /*
|
|
|
7707 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
7708 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
7709 * spacing.
|
|
|
7710 */
|
|
|
7711 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7712 {
|
|
|
7713 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
7714 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
7715
|
|
|
7716 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
7717 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
7718 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
7719 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
7720 }
|
|
|
7721 #endif
|
|
|
7722 }
|
|
|
7723
|
|
|
7724 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7725 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7726 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
7727 #endif
|
|
|
7728 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
7729 }
|
|
|
7730
|
|
|
7731 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7732 }
|
|
|
7733
|
|
|
7734 /*
|
|
|
7735 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
7736 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
7737 */
|
|
|
7738 static int
|
|
|
7739 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
7740 int c;
|
|
|
7741 {
|
|
|
7742 int i;
|
|
|
7743
|
|
|
7744 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
7745 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7746 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
7747 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7748 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7749
|
|
|
7750 /*
|
|
|
7751 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
7752 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
7753 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
7754 */
|
|
|
7755 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7756 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7757 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7758 #endif
|
|
|
7759 )
|
|
|
7760 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
7761
|
|
|
7762 /*
|
|
|
7763 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
7764 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
7765 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
7766 * in open_line().
|
|
|
7767 */
|
|
|
7768
|
|
|
7769 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7770 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
7771 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
7772 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
7773 # endif
|
|
|
7774 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
7775 * current line. */
|
|
|
7776 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
7777 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
7778 #endif
|
|
|
7779
|
|
|
7780 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
7781 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
7782 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
7783 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
7784 #endif
|
|
|
7785 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
7786 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
7787 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7788 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
7789 #endif
|
|
|
7790
|
|
|
7791 return (!i);
|
|
|
7792 }
|
|
|
7793
|
|
|
7794 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
7795 /*
|
|
|
7796 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
7797 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
7798 * done.
|
|
|
7799 */
|
|
|
7800 static int
|
|
|
7801 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
7802 {
|
|
|
7803 int c;
|
|
|
7804 int cc;
|
|
|
7805
|
|
|
7806 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7807 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7808 {
|
|
|
7809 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7810 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7811
|
|
|
7812 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
7813 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7814 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
7815 #endif
|
|
|
7816 }
|
|
|
7817
|
|
|
7818 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7819 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7820 #endif
|
|
|
7821
|
|
|
7822 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
7823 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
7824 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7825 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7826 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7827 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7828 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7829 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
7830 {
|
|
|
7831 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7832 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7833 #endif
|
|
|
7834 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7835 return NUL;
|
|
|
7836 }
|
|
|
7837 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
7838 {
|
|
|
7839 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7840 {
|
|
|
7841 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
|
7842 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7843
|
|
|
7844 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
7845 {
|
|
|
7846 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
7847 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
7848 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7849 ins_redraw();
|
|
|
7850 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
7851 }
|
|
|
7852 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7853 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
7854 #endif
|
|
|
7855 }
|
|
|
7856 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
7857 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
7858 cc = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
7859 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7860 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
7861 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
7862 {
|
|
|
7863 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
7864 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
7865 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7866 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7867 #endif
|
|
|
7868 return c;
|
|
|
7869 }
|
|
|
7870 }
|
|
|
7871 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
7872 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7873 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7874 #endif
|
|
|
7875 return NUL;
|
|
|
7876 }
|
|
|
7877 #endif
|
|
|
7878
|
|
|
7879 /*
|
|
|
7880 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
7881 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
7882 */
|
|
|
7883 static int
|
|
|
7884 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
7885 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
7886 {
|
|
|
7887 int c;
|
|
|
7888 int temp;
|
|
|
7889 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7890
|
|
|
7891 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
7892 {
|
|
|
7893 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7894 return NUL;
|
|
|
7895 }
|
|
|
7896
|
|
|
7897 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
7898 temp = 0;
|
|
|
7899 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
7900 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7901 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
7902 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
7903 {
|
|
|
7904 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
7905 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
7906 }
|
|
|
7907 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
7908 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
7909
|
|
|
7910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7911 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
7912 #else
|
|
|
7913 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
7914 #endif
|
|
|
7915 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
7916 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7917 return c;
|
|
|
7918 }
|
|
|
7919
|
|
449
|
7920 /*
|
|
|
7921 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7922 */
|
|
|
7923 static int
|
|
|
7924 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
7925 int tc;
|
|
|
7926 {
|
|
|
7927 int c = tc;
|
|
|
7928
|
|
|
7929 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7930 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
7931 {
|
|
|
7932 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
7933 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
7934 else
|
|
|
7935 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
7936 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
7937 }
|
|
|
7938 else
|
|
|
7939 #endif
|
|
|
7940 {
|
|
|
7941 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
7942 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
7943 {
|
|
|
7944 long tw_save;
|
|
|
7945
|
|
|
7946 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
7947 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
7948 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
7949 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
7950 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
7951 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
7952 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
7953 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
7954 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7955 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
7956 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7957 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
7958 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
7959 #endif
|
|
|
7960 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
7961 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
7962 }
|
|
|
7963 }
|
|
|
7964 return c;
|
|
|
7965 }
|
|
|
7966
|
|
7
|
7967 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
7968 /*
|
|
|
7969 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
7970 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
7971 */
|
|
|
7972 static void
|
|
|
7973 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
7974 int c;
|
|
|
7975 {
|
|
|
7976 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
7977 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
7978 int i;
|
|
|
7979 int temp;
|
|
|
7980
|
|
|
7981 /*
|
|
|
7982 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
7983 */
|
|
|
7984 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
7985 {
|
|
|
7986 /*
|
|
|
7987 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
7988 */
|
|
|
7989 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
7990 {
|
|
|
7991 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7992 /*
|
|
|
7993 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
7994 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
7995 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
7996 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
7997 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
7998 */
|
|
|
7999 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
8000 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
8001 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
8002 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
8003 ;
|
|
|
8004 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
8005 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
8006 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
8007 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
8008 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8009 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8010 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8011 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8012 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL);
|
|
|
8013 else
|
|
|
8014 #endif
|
|
|
8015 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8016 }
|
|
|
8017 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8018 {
|
|
|
8019 /*
|
|
|
8020 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
8021 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
8022 */
|
|
|
8023 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
8024 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8025 {
|
|
|
8026 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8027 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
8028 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8029 {
|
|
|
8030 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
8031
|
|
|
8032 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
8033 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
8034 break;
|
|
|
8035 }
|
|
|
8036 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
8037 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
8038 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
8039 }
|
|
|
8040 if (temp)
|
|
|
8041 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1);
|
|
|
8042 }
|
|
|
8043 }
|
|
|
8044
|
|
|
8045 /*
|
|
|
8046 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
8047 */
|
|
|
8048 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
8049 {
|
|
|
8050 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
8051 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
8052 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
8053 }
|
|
|
8054
|
|
|
8055 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
8056 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8057 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8058 }
|
|
|
8059 #endif
|
|
|
8060
|
|
|
8061 /*
|
|
|
8062 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
8063 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
8064 */
|
|
|
8065 static colnr_T
|
|
|
8066 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
8067 {
|
|
|
8068 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
8069 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8070 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
8071 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8072 }
|
